Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

in the middle of peace-time

  • 1 Frieden

    m; -s, -
    1. (Ggs. Krieg) peace; Zeit: (time of) peace, peacetime; Frieden schließen make peace; den Frieden bewahren keep the peace
    2. (Friedensvertrag) peace treaty; den Frieden diktieren dictate peace terms (+ Dat to)
    3. (Ggs. Streit, Ärger) peace; (Einklang) harmony; häuslicher / öffentlicher Frieden domestic harmony / (public) peace; innerer / sozialer Frieden POL. internal peace, peace at home / social peace; Frieden stiften zwischen make peace between; in Frieden mit jemandem leben live at peace with s.o.; seinen Frieden machen mit make one’s peace with; um des lieben Friedens willen for the sake of peace (and quiet); lass uns Frieden schließen let’s make peace, let’s let bygones be bygones
    4. (Ruhe) peace, tranquil(l)ity; in der Natur etc.: peacefulness; innerer Frieden einer Person: peace of mind; ich will nur meinen Frieden haben I just want my peace and quiet; lass mich in Frieden! leave me alone; lass mich mit dem Unsinn in Frieden! stop pestering me with that nonsense (of yours); er gibt keinen Frieden oder er kann nie Frieden geben he gives me no peace, he won’t leave me in peace; dem Frieden traue ich nicht things are a bit too peaceful for my liking, things are suspiciously quiet; (er) ruhe in Frieden (may he) rest in peace
    * * *
    der Frieden
    quietude; peace
    * * *
    Frie|den ['friːdn]
    m -s, -

    ein langer, ungestörter Fríéden — a long period of uninterrupted peace

    im Fríéden — in peacetime, in time of peace

    in Fríéden und Freiheit leben — to live at peace and in freedom

    im tiefsten Fríéden — (living) in perfect tranquillity

    seit letztem Jahr herrscht in dieser Gegend Fríéden — this region has been at peace since last year

    Fríéden schließen — to make one's peace; (Pol) to conclude (form) or make peace

    seinen Fríéden mit jdm/etw machen — to make one's peace with sb/sth

    Fríéden stiften — to make peace (

    zwischen +dat between)

    2) (= Friedensschluss) peace; (= Vertrag) peace treaty

    der Westfälische Fríéden (Hist)the Peace of Westphalia

    den Fríéden diktieren — to dictate the peace terms

    über den Fríéden verhandeln — to hold peace negotiations

    den Fríéden einhalten — to keep the peace, to keep to the peace agreement

    3) (= Harmonie) peace, tranquillity

    sozialer Fríéden — social harmony

    der häusliche Fríéden — domestic harmony

    in Fríéden und Freundschaft or Eintracht leben — to live in peace and harmony or tranquillity

    4) (= Ruhe) peace

    jdn in Fríéden lassen — to leave sb in peace

    um des lieben Fríédens willen (inf)for the sake of peace and quiet

    sein schlechtes Gewissen ließ ihn keinen Fríéden mehr finden — his guilty conscience gave him no peace

    ich traue dem Fríéden nicht (inf)something (fishy) is going on (inf)

    (er) ruhe in Fríéden — rest in peace

    * * *
    der
    1) ((sometimes with a) (a time of) freedom from war; (a treaty or agreement which brings about) the end or stopping of a war: Does our country want peace or war?; ( also adjective) a peace treaty.) peace
    2) (freedom from disturbance; quietness: I need some peace and quiet.) peace
    * * *
    Frie·den
    <-s, ->
    [ˈfri:dn̩]
    m
    1. (Gegenteil von Krieg) peace
    dauerhafter \Frieden lasting [or enduring] peace
    sozialer \Frieden social harmony
    [mit jdm] \Frieden schließen to make peace [with sb]
    im \Frieden in peacetime, in time[s] of peace
    in \Frieden leben to live in peace
    2. (Friedensschluss) peace treaty
    den \Frieden diktieren to dictate the peace terms
    über den \Frieden verhandeln to hold peace negotiations
    der Westfälische \Frieden HIST the Peace of Westphalia
    3. (Harmonie) peace, tranquillity
    in \Frieden und Freundschaft [o Eintracht] leben to live in peace and harmony
    der häusliche \Frieden domestic harmony
    seinen \Frieden mit jdm machen (geh) to make one's peace with sb
    \Frieden [zwischen jdm] stiften to bring about peace [between sb], to reconcile sb
    4. (Ruhe) peace [and quiet], peace of mind
    um des lieben \Friedens willen (fam) for the sake of peace and quiet
    seinen \Frieden finden to be at peace
    jdn in \Frieden lassen to leave sb in peace
    lasst mich mit eurem Klatsch in \Frieden! spare me your gossip!
    [er/sie] ruhe in \Frieden! [may he/she] rest in peace, RIP, requiescat in pace form
    ich traue dem \Frieden nicht (fam) there's something fishy going on fam, I smell a rat fam
    * * *
    der; Friedens, Frieden peace

    Frieden schließen/stiften — make peace

    lass mich in Frieden!(ugs.) leave me in peace!; leave me alone!

    ich traue dem Frieden nicht(ugs.) it's too good to be true

    * * *
    Frieden m; -s, -
    1. (Ggs Krieg) peace; Zeit: (time of) peace, peacetime;
    Frieden schließen make peace;
    den Frieden bewahren keep the peace
    2. (Friedensvertrag) peace treaty;
    den Frieden diktieren dictate peace terms (+dat to)
    3. (Ggs Streit, Ärger) peace; (Einklang) harmony;
    häuslicher/öffentlicher Frieden domestic harmony/(public) peace;
    innerer/sozialer Frieden POL internal peace, peace at home/social peace;
    Frieden stiften zwischen make peace between;
    in Frieden mit jemandem leben live at peace with sb;
    seinen Frieden machen mit make one’s peace with;
    um des lieben Friedens willen for the sake of peace (and quiet);
    lass uns Frieden schließen let’s make peace, let’s let bygones be bygones
    4. (Ruhe) peace, tranquil(l)ity; in der Natur etc: peacefulness;
    innerer Frieden einer Person: peace of mind;
    ich will nur meinen Frieden haben I just want my peace and quiet;
    lass mich in Frieden! leave me alone;
    lass mich mit dem Unsinn in Frieden! stop pestering me with that nonsense (of yours);
    er kann nie Frieden geben he gives me no peace, he won’t leave me in peace;
    dem Frieden traue ich nicht things are a bit too peaceful for my liking, things are suspiciously quiet;
    (er) ruhe in Frieden (may he) rest in peace
    * * *
    der; Friedens, Frieden peace

    Frieden schließen/stiften — make peace

    lass mich in Frieden!(ugs.) leave me in peace!; leave me alone!

    ich traue dem Frieden nicht(ugs.) it's too good to be true

    * * *
    m.
    peace n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Frieden

  • 2 en

    prep.
    viven en la capital they live in the capital
    tiene el dinero en el banco he keeps his money in the bank
    en la mesa/el plato on the table/plate
    en casa/el trabajo at home/work
    2 into.
    el avión cayó en el mar the plane fell into the sea
    entraron en la habitación they came/went into the room
    3 in (time) (month, year).
    nació en 1953/marzo she was born in 1953/March
    en Nochebuena on Christmas Eve
    en Navidades at Christmas
    en aquella época at that time, in those days
    en un par de días in a couple of days
    ir en tren/coche/avión/barco to go by train/car/plane/boat
    5 in (modo).
    en voz baja in a low voice
    lo dijo en inglés she said it in English
    pagar en libras to pay in pounds
    la inflación aumentó en un 10 por ciento inflation increased by 10 percent
    todo se lo gasta en ropa he spends everything on clothes
    6 in (price).
    las ganancias se calculan en millones profits are calculated in millions
    te lo dejo en 5.000 I'll let you have it for 5,000
    7 from (causa).
    lo detecté en su forma de hablar I could tell from the way he was speaking
    8 in, made of (materia).
    en seda in silk
    9 in terms of.
    lo supera en inteligencia she is more intelligent than he is
    10 on, over, upon.
    11 at, over at, in, over in.
    En ese momento ...at that moment.
    12 to.
    * * *
    en
    1 (lugar - gen) in, at
    2 (- en el interior) in, inside
    4 (año, mes, estación) in; (día) on; (época, momento) at
    7 (tema, materia) at, in
    8 (modo, manera) in
    los valores aumentaron en un 6% securities increased by 6%
    10 en + gerund upon
    en llegando el maestro, los niños se levantan upon the teacher's arrival, the children stand up
    \
    de casa en casa from house to house
    en cuanto as soon as
    en camino on the way
    * * *
    prep.
    1) in
    2) on
    3) at
    4) by
    6) into
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando lugar]
    a) (=dentro de) in

    está en el cajón/en el armario — it's in the drawer/in the wardrobe

    b) (=encima de) on
    c) [con países, ciudades, calles]
    d) [con edificios]
    2) [indicando movimiento] into
    3) [indicando modo] in
    4) [indicando proporción] by
    5) [indicando tiempo]

    ayer en la mañana LAm yesterday morning

    en la mañana del accidente LAm on the morning of the accident

    6) [indicando tema, ocupación]

    Hugo en Segismundo — (Cine, Teat) Hugo as Segismundo, Hugo in the role of Segismundo

    7) [con medios de transporte] by
    8) [con cantidades] at, for
    9) [con infinitivo]
    10) [con gerundio]
    EN Como preposición de lugar, en se traduce normalmente por on, in o at. La elección de una de estas tres preposiciones depende a menudo de cómo percibe el hablante la relación espacial. He aquí unas líneas generales: Se traduce por on cuando en equivale a encima de o nos referimos a algo que se percibe como una superficie o una línea, por ejemplo una mesa, una carretera {etc}: "¿Has visto mi vestido?" - "Está en la tabla de planchar" "Have you seen my dress?" - "It's on the ironing-board" Estaban tumbados en la playa They were lying on the beach Está construyendo una casa en la colina He's building a house on the hill ... un pueblo en la costa oeste...... a village on the west coast... La gasolinera está en la carretera que va a Motril The petrol station is on the road to Motril Dibujó un león en la hoja de papel He drew a lion on the piece of paper Tiene un grano en la nariz He has a spot on his nose Lo vi en la tele I saw him on TV ► Se usa in cuando equivale a dentro de o cuando nos referimos a un espacio que se percibe como limitado (calle, montañas, etc): Tus gafas están en mi bolso Your glasses are in my bag Tienes una pestaña en el ojo You've got an eyelash in your eye Lo leí en un libro I read it in a book Se han comprado un chalet en la sierra They've bought a chalet in the mountains Viven en la calle de Serrano They live in the Calle de Serrano ► Lo traducimos por at para referirnos a un edificio cuando hablamos de la actividad que normalmente se realiza en él o cuando en indica un lugar concreto. También se traduce por at cuando en la dirección incluimos el número o el nombre de la casa: ¿Por qué no comemos en el restaurante de tu hermano? Why don't we have lunch at your brother's restaurant? Voy a pasar el día en el museo I'm going to spend the day at the museum Te espero en la parada del autobús I'll meet you at the bus-stop Vivimos en la calle Dale nº 12 We live at 12 Dale Street Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

    viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

    viven en la calle Goyathey live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

    nos quedamos en casawe stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

    b) ( dentro de) in
    c) ( sobre) on
    2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    3)
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)
    b) (indicando proporción, precio)

    lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

    4)
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in

    en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

    en llamas — in flames, on fire

    ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

    fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

    5)

    ¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

    en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

    7)
    * * *
    = in, onto, into, at, throughout.
    Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.
    Ex. When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.
    Ex. The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.
    Ex. He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.
    Ex. Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.
    ----
    * en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.
    * en abstracto = abstractly.
    * en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.
    * en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en adelante = forward [forwards].
    * en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.
    * en alerta roja = on red alert.
    * en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.
    * en alguna parte = someplace.
    * en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.
    * en algunos casos = in some cases.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en algunos sitios = in places.
    * en alquiler = rented.
    * en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.
    * en alza = on the upswing.
    * en ambas direcciones = two-way.
    * en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.
    * en ángulo = angled.
    * en ángulo recto = at right angles.
    * en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.
    * en antelación = anticipatory.
    * en anticipación = anticipatory.
    * en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.
    * en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.
    * en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.
    * en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * en aquellos casos = in those cases.
    * en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.
    * en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.
    * en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.
    * en aras a = in the name of.
    * en aras de = in the interest(s) of.
    * en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.
    * en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.
    * en ascuas = on tenterhooks.
    * en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.
    * en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.
    * en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.
    * en Babia = absent-minded.
    * en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.
    * en bandada = in full force.
    * en bandadas = in droves.
    * en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.
    * en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * en bisel = angled.
    * en blanco = blankly, blank.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * en bloque = en bloc.
    * en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.
    * en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.
    * en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].
    * en broma = teasingly.
    * en buena compañía = in good company.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.
    * en búsqueda de = a quest for.
    * en cada fase = at each stage.
    * en caída = flowing.
    * en caja = boxed.
    * en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * en cama = abed.
    * en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * en cantidad = bulk.
    * en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.
    * en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.
    * en carnavales = carnivalistically.
    * en carne y hueso = in the flesh.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.
    * en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.
    * en chirona = behind bars.
    * en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.
    * en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.
    * en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.
    * en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.
    * en cierto grado = something of.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * en ciertos casos = in certain cases.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en circuito cerrado = looped.
    * en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.
    * en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.
    * en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.
    * en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.
    * en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.
    * en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.
    * en coche = drive.
    * en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.
    * en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.
    * en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.
    * en columnas = columnar.
    * en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en coma = comatose.
    * en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.
    * en comisión de servicios = seconded.
    * en comparación = by comparison.
    * en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.
    * en compensación = compensatory.
    * en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * en conciencia = in good conscience.
    * en conclusión = in conclusion.
    * en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.
    * en concreto = in particular, to be specific.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en conexión con = in respect of.
    * en confidencia = in confidence.
    * en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).
    * en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.
    * en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.
    * en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.
    * en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.
    * en connivencia = colluding.
    * en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * en consecuencia lógica = by implication.
    * en consideración = under consideration.
    * en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * en consonacia con = in line with.
    * en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.
    * en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.
    * en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.
    * en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.
    * en construcción = under development, under construction.
    * en contacto = in communication.
    * en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.
    * en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.
    * en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].
    * en continua expansión = expanding.
    * en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.
    * en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.
    * en contra = counterpoint, against.
    * en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].
    * en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].
    * en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.
    * en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.
    * en contra del gobierno = anti-government.
    * en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.
    * en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).
    * en contravención de = in contravention of.
    * en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).
    * en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].
    * en cooperación con = in cooperation with.
    * en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].
    * en costras = caked.
    * en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.
    * en cuadernillo = in booklet form.
    * en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.
    * en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.
    * en cualquier orden = either way round.
    * en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro momento = some other time.
    * en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.
    * en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.
    * en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.
    * en cuanto a él = as for him.
    * en cuanto a ella = as for her.
    * en cuanto a ellos = as for them.
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en cuanto a mí = as for me.
    * en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.
    * en cuanto a ti = as for you.
    * en cuanto a usted = as for you.
    * en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto que = in that.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.
    * en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.
    * en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.
    * en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.
    * en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.
    * en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.
    * en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.
    * en cuestiones de = in matters of.
    * en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.
    * en cursiva = in italic type.
    * en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.
    * en curso de = in course of.
    * en cuyo caso = in which case.
    * en danza = on the run.
    * en decadencia = bankrupt.
    * en defensa propia = in self-defence.
    * en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.
    * en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.
    * en demanda = in-demand.
    * en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.
    * en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.
    * en desacuerdo con = at odds with.
    * en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.
    * en desarrollo = evolving, under development.
    * en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.
    * en desesperación = despairing, in despair.
    * en desuso = obsolete, disused.
    * en detalle = at length.
    * en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.
    * en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.
    * en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.
    * en diagonal = herringbone.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.
    * en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].
    * en dirección de la proa = abaft.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * en dirección norte = northbound.
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * en disco = ondisc.
    * en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.
    * en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.
    * en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.
    * en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.
    * en distintos formatos = multiform.
    * en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.
    * en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.
    * en diversos formatos = multiform.
    * en donde = where, wherein.
    * en dos años = over a two-year period.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.
    * en dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en edad de trabajar = working-age.
    * en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en el abandono = in the wilderness.
    * en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.
    * en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.
    * en el ámbito de = in the realm of.
    * en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * en el año entrante = in the coming year.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year.
    * en el año venidero = in the coming year.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.
    * en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.
    * en el aula de clase = classroom-based.
    * en el banquillo = on the bench.
    * en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.
    * en el campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el candelero = in the spotlight.
    * en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.
    * en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.
    * en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el centro de = at the heart of.
    * en el cine = at the movies.
    * en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.
    * en el contexto de = in the realm of.
    * en el culo = in the bottom.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.
    * en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * en el desierto = in the wilderness.
    * en el detalle = in detail.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.
    * en el eje = at the core (of).
    * en el entorno de = in the realm of.
    * en el escenario = on stage.
    * en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.
    * en el espacio = spatially.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el estudio = at study, at study.
    * en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.
    * en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.
    * en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro lejano = further in the future.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en el horario de trabajo = on company time.
    * en el horizonte = on the horizon.
    * en el hospital = at the bedside.
    * en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.
    * en el juego = at play.
    * en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en el mandato = in office.
    * en el mando = at the wheel.
    * en el mar = at sea.
    * en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.
    * en el más allá = dead and gone.
    * en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en el momento = on the spot.
    * en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * en el momento adecuado = at the right time.
    * en el momento de = at the time (that/of).
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.
    * en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.
    * en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el momento justo = on cue.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el norte del estado = upstate.
    * en el núcleo = at the core (of).
    * en el ocaso = over the hill.
    * en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.
    * en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.
    * en el período penoso de = in the throes of.
    * en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.
    * en el piso de abajo = downstairs.
    * en el piso de arriba = upstairs.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en el proceso = in the process.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.
    * en el punto álgido de = at the height of.
    * en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el que = wherein.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quirófano = under the knife.
    * en el resto = everywhere else.
    * en el resto de = elsewhere.
    * en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.
    * en el segundo caso = in the latter case.
    * en el seno de = within, among.
    * en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en el timón = in the saddle.
    * en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.
    * en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.
    * en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.
    * en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * en el trasfondo de = at the root of.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en el umbral de = on the threshold of.
    * en el vuelo = in-flight.
    * en entrante = recessed.
    * en entredicho = under challenge.
    * en episodios = episodic.
    * en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.
    * en época de feria = carnivalistically.
    * en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.
    * en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.
    * en épocas de = in times of.
    * en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.
    * en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.
    * en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.
    * en épocas difíciles = in times of need.
    * en épocas pasadas = in past ages.
    * en escamas = flaky.
    * en ese caso = in that case.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.
    * en esencia = in essence, essentially.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en esos casos = in those cases.
    * en espacios cerrados = indoors.
    * en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).
    * en especie = in kind.
    * en espera = on hold.
    * en espiga = herringbone.
    * en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.
    * en estado = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.
    * en estado de alerta = on alert.
    * en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.
    * en estado de descomposición = decaying.
    * en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.
    * en estado de reserva = on standby.
    * en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.
    * en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.
    * en esta época del año = around this time of year.
    * en esta ocasión = on this occasion.
    * en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.
    * en este extremo = to this extent.
    * en este grado = to this extent.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.
    * en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.
    * en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.
    * en estuche = boxed.
    * en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.
    * en exclusiva = exclusively.
    * en existencia = in existence.
    * en expansión = expanded.
    * en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.
    * en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * en extenso = at length, in full.
    * en extremo = no end, to no end.
    * en fase terminal = terminally ill.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de L = L-shaped.
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.
    * en formato digital = digitally.
    * en formato electrónico = in electronic form.
    * en formato MARC = in MARC form.
    * en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.
    * en frente = ahead, in front.
    * en frente de = in front of.
    * en funcionamiento = in operation.
    * en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.
    * en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.
    * en germinación = budding.
    * en gestación = in the making.
    * en grado mínimo = minimally.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte
    * * *
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

    viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

    viven en la calle Goyathey live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

    nos quedamos en casawe stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

    b) ( dentro de) in
    c) ( sobre) on
    2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    3)
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)
    b) (indicando proporción, precio)

    lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

    4)
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in

    en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

    en llamas — in flames, on fire

    ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

    fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

    5)

    ¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

    en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

    7)
    * * *
    = in, onto, into, at, throughout.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.
    Ex: The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.
    Ex: He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.
    Ex: Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.
    * en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.
    * en abstracto = abstractly.
    * en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.
    * en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en adelante = forward [forwards].
    * en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.
    * en alerta roja = on red alert.
    * en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.
    * en alguna parte = someplace.
    * en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.
    * en algunos casos = in some cases.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en algunos sitios = in places.
    * en alquiler = rented.
    * en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.
    * en alza = on the upswing.
    * en ambas direcciones = two-way.
    * en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.
    * en ángulo = angled.
    * en ángulo recto = at right angles.
    * en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.
    * en antelación = anticipatory.
    * en anticipación = anticipatory.
    * en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.
    * en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.
    * en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.
    * en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * en aquellos casos = in those cases.
    * en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.
    * en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.
    * en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.
    * en aras a = in the name of.
    * en aras de = in the interest(s) of.
    * en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.
    * en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.
    * en ascuas = on tenterhooks.
    * en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.
    * en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.
    * en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.
    * en Babia = absent-minded.
    * en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.
    * en bandada = in full force.
    * en bandadas = in droves.
    * en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.
    * en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * en bisel = angled.
    * en blanco = blankly, blank.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * en bloque = en bloc.
    * en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.
    * en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.
    * en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].
    * en broma = teasingly.
    * en buena compañía = in good company.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.
    * en búsqueda de = a quest for.
    * en cada fase = at each stage.
    * en caída = flowing.
    * en caja = boxed.
    * en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * en cama = abed.
    * en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * en cantidad = bulk.
    * en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.
    * en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.
    * en carnavales = carnivalistically.
    * en carne y hueso = in the flesh.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.
    * en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.
    * en chirona = behind bars.
    * en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.
    * en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.
    * en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.
    * en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.
    * en cierto grado = something of.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * en ciertos casos = in certain cases.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en circuito cerrado = looped.
    * en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.
    * en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.
    * en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.
    * en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.
    * en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.
    * en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.
    * en coche = drive.
    * en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.
    * en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.
    * en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.
    * en columnas = columnar.
    * en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en coma = comatose.
    * en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.
    * en comisión de servicios = seconded.
    * en comparación = by comparison.
    * en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.
    * en compensación = compensatory.
    * en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * en conciencia = in good conscience.
    * en conclusión = in conclusion.
    * en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.
    * en concreto = in particular, to be specific.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en conexión con = in respect of.
    * en confidencia = in confidence.
    * en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).
    * en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.
    * en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.
    * en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.
    * en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.
    * en connivencia = colluding.
    * en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * en consecuencia lógica = by implication.
    * en consideración = under consideration.
    * en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * en consonacia con = in line with.
    * en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.
    * en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.
    * en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.
    * en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.
    * en construcción = under development, under construction.
    * en contacto = in communication.
    * en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.
    * en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.
    * en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].
    * en continua expansión = expanding.
    * en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.
    * en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.
    * en contra = counterpoint, against.
    * en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].
    * en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].
    * en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.
    * en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.
    * en contra del gobierno = anti-government.
    * en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.
    * en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).
    * en contravención de = in contravention of.
    * en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).
    * en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].
    * en cooperación con = in cooperation with.
    * en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].
    * en costras = caked.
    * en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.
    * en cuadernillo = in booklet form.
    * en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.
    * en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.
    * en cualquier orden = either way round.
    * en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro momento = some other time.
    * en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.
    * en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.
    * en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.
    * en cuanto a él = as for him.
    * en cuanto a ella = as for her.
    * en cuanto a ellos = as for them.
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en cuanto a mí = as for me.
    * en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.
    * en cuanto a ti = as for you.
    * en cuanto a usted = as for you.
    * en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto que = in that.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.
    * en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.
    * en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.
    * en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.
    * en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.
    * en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.
    * en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.
    * en cuestiones de = in matters of.
    * en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.
    * en cursiva = in italic type.
    * en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.
    * en curso de = in course of.
    * en cuyo caso = in which case.
    * en danza = on the run.
    * en decadencia = bankrupt.
    * en defensa propia = in self-defence.
    * en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.
    * en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.
    * en demanda = in-demand.
    * en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.
    * en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.
    * en desacuerdo con = at odds with.
    * en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.
    * en desarrollo = evolving, under development.
    * en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.
    * en desesperación = despairing, in despair.
    * en desuso = obsolete, disused.
    * en detalle = at length.
    * en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.
    * en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.
    * en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.
    * en diagonal = herringbone.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.
    * en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].
    * en dirección de la proa = abaft.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * en dirección norte = northbound.
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * en disco = ondisc.
    * en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.
    * en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.
    * en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.
    * en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.
    * en distintos formatos = multiform.
    * en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.
    * en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.
    * en diversos formatos = multiform.
    * en donde = where, wherein.
    * en dos años = over a two-year period.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.
    * en dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en edad de trabajar = working-age.
    * en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en el abandono = in the wilderness.
    * en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.
    * en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.
    * en el ámbito de = in the realm of.
    * en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * en el año entrante = in the coming year.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year.
    * en el año venidero = in the coming year.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.
    * en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.
    * en el aula de clase = classroom-based.
    * en el banquillo = on the bench.
    * en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.
    * en el campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el candelero = in the spotlight.
    * en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.
    * en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.
    * en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el centro de = at the heart of.
    * en el cine = at the movies.
    * en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.
    * en el contexto de = in the realm of.
    * en el culo = in the bottom.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.
    * en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * en el desierto = in the wilderness.
    * en el detalle = in detail.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.
    * en el eje = at the core (of).
    * en el entorno de = in the realm of.
    * en el escenario = on stage.
    * en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.
    * en el espacio = spatially.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el estudio = at study, at study.
    * en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.
    * en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.
    * en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro lejano = further in the future.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en el horario de trabajo = on company time.
    * en el horizonte = on the horizon.
    * en el hospital = at the bedside.
    * en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.
    * en el juego = at play.
    * en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en el mandato = in office.
    * en el mando = at the wheel.
    * en el mar = at sea.
    * en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.
    * en el más allá = dead and gone.
    * en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en el momento = on the spot.
    * en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * en el momento adecuado = at the right time.
    * en el momento de = at the time (that/of).
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.
    * en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.
    * en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el momento justo = on cue.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el norte del estado = upstate.
    * en el núcleo = at the core (of).
    * en el ocaso = over the hill.
    * en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.
    * en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.
    * en el período penoso de = in the throes of.
    * en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.
    * en el piso de abajo = downstairs.
    * en el piso de arriba = upstairs.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en el proceso = in the process.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.
    * en el punto álgido de = at the height of.
    * en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el que = wherein.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quirófano = under the knife.
    * en el resto = everywhere else.
    * en el resto de = elsewhere.
    * en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.
    * en el segundo caso = in the latter case.
    * en el seno de = within, among.
    * en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en el timón = in the saddle.
    * en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.
    * en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.
    * en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.
    * en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * en el trasfondo de = at the root of.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en el umbral de = on the threshold of.
    * en el vuelo = in-flight.
    * en entrante = recessed.
    * en entredicho = under challenge.
    * en episodios = episodic.
    * en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.
    * en época de feria = carnivalistically.
    * en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.
    * en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.
    * en épocas de = in times of.
    * en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.
    * en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.
    * en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.
    * en épocas difíciles = in times of need.
    * en épocas pasadas = in past ages.
    * en escamas = flaky.
    * en ese caso = in that case.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.
    * en esencia = in essence, essentially.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en esos casos = in those cases.
    * en espacios cerrados = indoors.
    * en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).
    * en especie = in kind.
    * en espera = on hold.
    * en espiga = herringbone.
    * en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.
    * en estado = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.
    * en estado de alerta = on alert.
    * en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.
    * en estado de descomposición = decaying.
    * en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.
    * en estado de reserva = on standby.
    * en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.
    * en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.
    * en esta época del año = around this time of year.
    * en esta ocasión = on this occasion.
    * en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.
    * en este extremo = to this extent.
    * en este grado = to this extent.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.
    * en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.
    * en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.
    * en estuche = boxed.
    * en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.
    * en exclusiva = exclusively.
    * en existencia = in existence.
    * en expansión = expanded.
    * en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.
    * en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * en extenso = at length, in full.
    * en extremo = no end, to no end.
    * en fase terminal = terminally ill.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de L = L-shaped.
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.
    * en formato digital = digitally.
    * en formato electrónico = in electronic form.
    * en formato MARC = in MARC form.
    * en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.
    * en frente = ahead, in front.
    * en frente de = in front of.
    * en funcionamiento = in operation.
    * en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.
    * en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.
    * en germinación = budding.
    * en gestación = in the making.
    * en grado mínimo = minimally.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte

    * * *
    en
    1
    (refiriéndose a una ciudad, un edificio): viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel
    en el quinto piso on the sixth ( AmE) o ( BrE) fifth floor
    viven en la calle Goya they live on o ( BrE) in Goya Street
    nos quedamos en casa we stayed home ( AmE), we stayed at home ( BrE)
    métete en la cama get into bed
    lo puso en una caja he put it in a box
    metió la mano en el conducto she stuck her hand into ( o down etc) the pipe
    3 (sobre) on
    lo puso en la mesa/pared he put it on the table/wall
    se sentó en una silla/en un sillón she sat down on a chair/in an armchair
    tendrás que dormir en el suelo you'll have to sleep on the floor
    se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
    B
    1 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    vivir en armonía con la naturaleza to live in harmony with nature
    2
    de … en …: van de casa en casa/de puerta en puerta pidiendo dinero they go from house to house/from door to door asking for money
    nos tienes de sorpresa en sorpresa you're full of surprises
    C
    1 ‹un tema/una especialidad/una cualidad›
    es licenciado en filosofía he has a degree in philosophy
    es un experto en la materia he's an expert on the subject
    es muy bueno en historia he's very good at history
    supera a su hermana en inteligencia she surpasses her sister in intelligence
    2 ‹una proporción/un precio›
    ha aumentado en un diez por ciento it has gone up by ten per cent
    me lo vendió en $30 he sold it to me for $30
    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 the losses were calculated at $50,000
    D
    1 ‹un estado/una manera› in
    en buenas/malas condiciones in good/bad condition
    un edificio en llamas a building in flames o on fire
    nos recibió en camisón he received us in his nightshirt
    con los músculos en tensión with (his) muscles tensed
    en posición vertical in an upright position
    2
    (con forma de): termina en punta it's pointed, it ends in o comes to a point
    colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle
    Luis Girón en el Alcalde Luis Girón as the Mayor
    pensamos ir en taxi/en coche/en barco we plan to go by taxi/by car/by boat
    ¿fueron en tren? — no, en avión did you go by train? — no, by plane o no, we flew
    fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes
    fuimos a dar una vuelta en coche we went for a drive o we went for a ride in the car
    E
    1
    (expresando el material): un modelo realizado en seda natural an outfit in natural silk
    ¿lo tienen en azul/(un) 38? do you have it in blue/a 38?
    una obra en tres actos a play in three acts
    ¿cuánto pesas en kilos? how much do you weigh in kilos?
    en ruso/en el código Morse in Russian/in Morse Code
    F
    (en expresiones de tiempo): en verano in (the) summer
    en mayo/1947 in May/1947
    en varias ocasiones on several occasions
    llegó justo en ese momento she arrived just at that moment, just then she arrived
    en la mañana/tarde ( esp AmL); in the morning/afternoon
    en la noche ( esp AmL); at night
    no vi a nadie en todo el día I didn't see anybody all day
    G
    no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doing
    en + INF:
    tardó media hora en resolverlo it took her half an hour to work it out
    siempre es el último en salir he's always the last to leave
    2
    (con complementos de persona): en él ha encontrado un amigo she's found a friend in him
    problemas que se dan en las personas de edad problems which affect old people
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    en    
    en.
    en preposición
    1 ( en expresiones de lugar)
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio):

    viven en París/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/at number ten/in a hotel;

    en el último piso on the top floor;
    está en la calle Goya it's on o (BrE) in Goya Street;
    en casa at home
    b) ( dentro de) in;


    c) ( sobre) on;


    se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
    2 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente) in;

    3
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad):


    doctor en derecho Doctor of Law
    b) (indicando proporción, precio):


    en dólares in dollars
    4
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in;


    en llamas in flames, on fire


    colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle


    fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes;
    dimos una vuelta en coche we went for a ride in the car
    5


    una escultura en bronce a bronze (sculpture)

    en azul/ruso in blue/Russian

    6 ( con expresiones de tiempo):

    en varias ocasiones on several occasions;
    en la mañana/noche (esp AmL) in the morning/at night
    7


    fuí el último en salir I was the last to leave


    en preposición
    1 (lugar) in, on, at: nos encontramos en el autobús, we met on the bus
    en Barcelona/Río, in Barcelona/Rio
    en el cajón, in the drawer
    en casa/el trabajo, at home/work
    (sobre) en la mesa, on the table
    2 (tiempo) in, on, at: cae en lunes, it falls on a Monday
    en 1975, in 1975
    en ese preciso instante, at that very moment
    en un minuto, in a minute
    en primavera, in spring
    LAm en la mañana, in the morning
    3 (modo) en bata, in a dressing gown
    en francés, in French
    en serio, seriously
    4 (medio) by, in: puede venir en avión/ coche/metro/tren, she can come by air/car/tube/train
    ¿por qué no vienes en avión?, why don't you fly?
    5 (movimiento) into: entró en la habitación, he went into the room
    entró en escena, he went on stage
    6 (tema, materia) at, in
    es muy bueno en matemáticas, he's very good at maths
    experto en finanzas, expert in finances
    7 (partición, fases) in: hicimos el viaje en dos etapas, we did the journey in two stages
    8 (de... en...) entraremos de tres en tres, we shall go in three by three
    9 (con infinitivo) fue rápido en desenfundar, he was quick to pull out
    se le nota la timidez en el hablar, you can notice his shyness by the way he speaks
    'en' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abasto
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abogar
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abonada
    - abonado
    - abordar
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - absorta
    - absorto
    - abstracta
    - abstracto
    - abstraída
    - abstraído
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - abundancia
    - abundante
    - abusar
    - acabar
    - academia
    - acariciar
    - acceder
    - acentuar
    - achantarse
    - achatamiento
    - achuchar
    - acoger
    - acomodar
    - acompañar
    - aconsejar
    - acontecer
    - acordar
    - acordarse
    - acostada
    - acostado
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - aback
    - abdicate
    - abide
    - ablaze
    - able
    - above
    - above-board
    - abreast
    - abroad
    - abscess
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolutely
    - absorbed
    - abstract
    - abundant
    - academic
    - academy
    - accent
    - access
    - account
    - accustom
    - acknowledgement
    - acquiesce
    - acquire
    - act
    - acting
    - action
    - active
    - actually
    - add
    - add in
    - addition
    - adept
    - adequate
    - administration
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advantage
    - adventure
    - advertise
    - advertising
    - affair
    - affect
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    * * *
    EN nm (abrev de Encuentro Nacional)
    = Paraguayan political party
    * * *
    en
    prp
    1 ( dentro de) in;
    en un mes in a month;
    en junio in June;
    en casa at home;
    en el cielo in heaven
    2 ( sobre) on;
    en la mesa on the table;
    en la calle on the street, Br tb in the street
    :
    en coche/tren by car/train
    4
    :
    en inglés in English;
    póngamelo en la cuenta put it on my account;
    aumentar en un 10 % grow (by) 10%, increase (by) 10%
    * * *
    en prep
    1) : in
    en el bolsillo: in one's pocket
    en una semana: in a week
    2) : on
    en la mesa: on the table
    3) : at
    en casa: at home
    en el trabajo: at work
    en ese momento: at that moment
    * * *
    en prep
    ¿en qué calle vives? which street do you live in?
    2. (edificios, fiestas específicas) at
    3. (superficies, días concretos) on

    Spanish-English dictionary > en

  • 3 moyen

    I.
    moyen1, -yenne [mwajɛ̃, jεn]
    1. adjective
       a. ( = ni grand ni petit) [taille] medium ; [ville, maison] medium-sized ; [prix] moderate
       b. ( = intermédiaire) middle
       c. ( = du type courant) average
       d. ( = ni bon ni mauvais) average
    comment as-tu trouvé le spectacle ? -- très moyen what did you think of the show? -- pretty average
    2. feminine noun
    moyenne average ; ( = vitesse) average speed
    faire du 100 de moyenne to average 100km/h
    II.
    moyen2 [mwajɛ̃]
    1. masculine noun
       a. ( = procédé, manière) way
    par quel moyen allez-vous le convaincre ? how will you manage to convince him?
       b. ► moyen de means of
    est-ce qu'il y a moyen de lui parler ? is it possible to speak to him?
    pas moyen d'avoir une réponse claire ! there's no way you can get a clear answer!
    2. plural masculine noun
       a. ( = capacités intellectuelles, physiques) ça lui a fait perdre tous ses moyens it left him completely at a loss
       b. ( = ressources financières) means
    * * *

    1.
    - enne mwajɛ̃, ɛn adjectif
    1) (intermédiaire en dimension, poids) [taille, épaisseur] medium; [ville, entreprise, légume] medium-sized; [fil] of medium thickness; [prix] moderate
    2) ( passable) [élève, résultat] average (en in)
    3) ( dans une hiérarchie) [cadre, revenu] middle; [échelon] intermediate

    les salaires moyens — ( personnes) people on middle incomes

    4) ( ordinaire) average

    le Français/lecteur moyen — the average Frenchman/reader

    5) (après évaluation, calcul) [taux, température] average, mean
    6) ( de compromis) [solution, position] middle-of-the-road

    2.
    nom masculin
    1) ( façon de procéder) means (sg) ( de faire of doing), way ( de faire of doing)
    2) (d'action, expression, de production) means; (d'investigation, de paiement) method
    3) ( possibilité) way

    3.
    au moyen de locution prépositive by means of, by using

    4.
    par le moyen de locution prépositive by means of, through

    5.
    moyens nom masculin pluriel
    1) ( financiers) means

    je n'ai pas les moyens de faire, mes moyens ne me permettent pas de faire — I can't afford to do

    avoir de petits/grands moyens — not to be/to be very well off

    2) ( matériels) resources
    3) ( intellectuels) ability
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    mwajɛ̃, jɛn moyen, -ne
    1. adj
    1) (taux, niveau, coût) average
    2) (lecteur, usager) average
    3) (= ni bon ni mauvais) (personne, prestation) average

    Je suis plutôt moyenne en langues. — I'm just average at languages.

    C'est vraiment moyen. — It's very average., It's only so-so.

    4) (= ni petit ni grand) (tailles, prix) medium

    Elle est de taille moyenne. — She's of medium height.

    2. nm
    (= façon) way, means sg

    par quel moyen? — how?, which way?

    y a-t-il moyen de...? — is it possible to...?, can one...?

    3. moyens nmpl
    1) (= méthodes) means

    par tous les moyens — by every possible means, every possible way

    2) (financiers) means

    avoir les moyens; Ils ont de gros moyens. — They have a lot of money.

    avoir les moyens de faire; Je n'en ai pas les moyens. — I can't afford it.

    Ils n'ont pas les moyens de s'acheter une voiture. — They can't afford to buy a car.

    3) (humains, matériels) resources
    4) (= intellectuels ou physiques) ability
    * * *
    moyen, - enne
    A adj
    1 (intermédiaire en dimension, poids) [stature, taille, épaisseur, surface] medium; [ville, entreprise, légume] medium-sized; [fil] of medium thickness; ma chambre est de grandeur moyenne my room is medium-sized; de moyenne portée medium-range; de moyen calibre of medium calibreGB ( après n); le cours moyen d'un fleuve Géog the middle reaches of a river;
    2 ( passable) average (en in); tes résultats sont assez moyens your results are fairly average; un élève très moyen a very average pupil; ‘comment était le repas/l'hôtel?’-‘moyen’ ‘how was the meal/the hotel?’-‘so-so’;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) [cadre, revenu] middle; [échelon] intermediate; les salaires moyens ( personnes) people on middle incomes;
    4 ( ordinaire) [citoyen, spectateur, utilisateur, lecteur] average; le Français moyen the average Frenchman;
    5 (après évaluation, calcul) [nombre, taux, revenu, température] average, mean;
    6 ( de compromis) [solution, position] middle-of-the-road; ils pratiquent des prix moyens their prices are reasonable;
    7 Ling voyelle moyenne mid-vowel.
    B nm
    1 ( façon de procéder) means (sg) (de faire of doing), way (de faire of doing); c'est le moyen le plus sûr/le moins coûteux it's the most reliable/the least expensive means ou way; c'est un moyen comme un autre it's as good a way as any; par tous les moyens by every possible means; par n'importe quel moyen by hook or by crook; empêcher qn de faire qch par tous les moyens to stop sb from doing sth by fair means or foul; consolider son autorité par tous les moyens to use every possible means to consolidate one's authority; tous les moyens sont bons any means will do; tous les moyens leur sont bons they'll stop at nothing; pour lui tous les moyens sont bons pour gagner de l'argent there's nothing he wouldn't do to make money; tous les moyens lui sont bons pour ne pas travailler he'll/she'll do anything not to work; employer les grands moyens to resort to drastic measures;
    2 (d'action, expression, de production) means; (d'investigation, de paiement) method; moyen de communication means of communication;
    3 ( possibilité) way; il y a moyen de faire there's a way of doing; il y a moyen de s'en sortir there's a way out; n'y avait-il pas moyen de faire autrement? was there no other way to go about it?; (il n'y a) pas moyen d'être tranquille ici there's no peace around here; (il n'y a) pas moyen de lui faire comprendre qu'il a tort it's impossible to make him realize he's wrong; lui faire admettre qu'il a tort? pas moyen! make him admit he's wrong? no chance!;
    4 Ling complément de moyen adverbial phrase of means.
    C au moyen de loc prép (d'une action, d'un référendum) by means of; ( d'un objet) by means of, by using.
    D par le moyen de loc prép by means of, through.
    E moyens nmpl
    1 ( ressources financières) means; manquer de moyens to lack the resources (pour faire to do); faute de moyens through lack of money; vivre au-dessus de ses moyens to live beyond one's means; je n'ai pas les moyens de faire I can't afford to do; mes moyens ne me permettent pas de partir en vacances I can't afford to take a vacation; avoir de petits/grands moyens not to be/to be very well off; avoir les moyens to be well off;
    2 ( soutien matériel) resources; la ville a mis d'énormes moyens à notre disposition the town put vast resources at our disposal; je n'ai ni le temps ni les moyens de taper ce texte I have neither the time nor the equipment to type this text; se donner les moyens de son efficacité to take the necessary steps to achieve efficiency; donner à qn les moyens de faire to give sb the means to do; j'ai dû y aller par mes propres moyens I had to go (there) under my own steam, I had to make my own way there; se débrouiller par ses propres moyens to manage on one's own;
    3 ( compétences) ability; cet élève a les moyens de réussir this pupil has the ability to succeed ou do well; il a de petits moyens he has limited ability; être au-dessus des moyens de qn to be beyond sb's abilities ou capabilities; être en possession de tous ses moyens ( intellectuellement) to be at the height of one's powers; ( physiquement) to be at the peak of one's strength; ne plus avoir tous ses moyens to be no longer in full possession of one's faculties; perdre ses moyens to go to pieces.
    F moyenne nf
    1 ( norme) average; être plus riche que la moyenne to be better off than the average; il est plus grand que la moyenne des hommes he is taller than the average man; être inférieur/supérieur à la moyenne to be below/above (the) average; être au-dessous/au-dessus de la moyenne to be below/above average; être dans la moyenne to be average; des résultats extrêmement faibles par rapport à la moyenne européenne extremely poor results against ou compared to the European average;
    2 Scol ( moitié de la note maximale) half marks GB, 50%; j'ai eu tout juste la moyenne ( à un examen) I barely passed; ( à un devoir) I just got half marks GB, I just got 50%;
    3 ( après calcul) average; la moyenne d'âge the average age; calculer une moyenne to work out an average; en moyenne on average;
    4 ( vitesse) average speed; faire une moyenne de 30 km/h to do an average speed of ou to average 30 kph.
    moyen français Ling Middle French; moyen de locomotion = moyen de transport; moyen métrage Cin medium-length film; moyen de trésorerie financial means; moyen de transport means of transport GB ou transportation US; moyenne arithmétique Math arithmetic mean; moyenne géométrique Math geometric mean; moyenne harmonique Math harmonic mean; Moyen Âge Middle Ages (pl); le bas/haut Moyen Âge the late/early Middle Ages; Moyen Empire Middle Kingdom.
    la fin justifie les moyens the end justifies the means; qui veut la fin veut les moyens Prov he who wills the end wills the means Prov.
    I
    ( féminin moyenne) [mwajɛ̃, ɛn] adjectif
    1. [intermédiaire - selon des mesures] medium (avant nom), average ; [ - selon une évaluation] medium
    b. [solution] compromise, middle course
    2. [prix, taille, consommation, distance] average
    [température] average, mean
    [aptitudes, niveau, service] average
    3. [ordinaire]
    le spectateur/lecteur moyen the average spectator/reader
    4. LINGUISTIQUE [voyelle] middle
    II
    [mwajɛ̃] nom masculin
    1. [méthode] way
    je l'aurais empêché, si j'en avais eu les moyens I would have stopped him, if I'd been able to
    et en plus, tu trouves le moyen d'être en retard! not only that but you've managed to be late as well!
    moyen de défense/d'existence means of defence/existence
    employer ou utiliser les grands moyens to take drastic steps
    2. [pour intensifier]
    il n'y a pas moyen d'ouvrir la porte! there's no way of opening the door!, the door won't open!
    je voulais me reposer, mais non, pas moyen! (familier) I wanted to get some rest, but no such luck!
    ————————
    moyens nom masculin pluriel
    [financiers] means
    je peux te payer une bière, c'est encore dans mes moyen s I can buy you a beer, I can just about manage that
    c'est au-dessus de mes moyens it's beyond my means, I can't afford it
    [intellectuels, physiques]
    ————————
    au moyen de locution prépositionnelle
    ————————
    par tous les moyens locution adverbiale
    [même immoraux] by fair means or foul

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > moyen

  • 4 in

    prep in
    in casa at home
    è in Scozia he is in Scotland
    va in Inghilterra he is going to England
    in italiano in Italian
    in campagna in the country
    essere in viaggio be travelling
    viaggiare in macchina travel by car
    nel 1999 in 1999
    una giacca in pelle a leather jacket
    in vacanza on holiday
    se fossi in te if I were you, if I were in your place
    * * *
    in prep.
    1 (stato in luogo, posizione) in, at; (dentro) inside; (su, sopra) on: in Italia, negli Stati Uniti, in Italy, in the United States; abitano in città, in campagna, in centro, in periferia, they live in town, in the country, in the centre, on the outskirts; in ufficio, at the office; in casa, in chiesa, at home, at church; nell'aria, in the air; la casa editrice ha sede in Milano, the publishing house has its headquarters in Milan; la statua sorge nel centro della piazza, the statue stands in the centre of the square; mio padre lavora in banca, my father works in a bank; stanotte dormiremo in albergo, we'll sleep in a hotel tonight; è stato due anni in prigione, he spent two years in prison; prendevano il sole in giardino, they were sunbathing in the garden; nel cielo erano apparse le prime stelle, the first stars had appeared in the sky; i fazzoletti sono nel primo cassetto, the handkerchieves are in the top drawer; nella stanza c'era molto fumo, there was a lot of smoke in the room; c'era gran festa nelle strade e nelle piazze, there were great celebrations in the streets and squares; siamo rimasti chiusi in casa tutto il giorno, we stayed in the house (o indoors) all day; ti aspetto in macchina, I'll wait for you in the car; non c'è niente in tavola?, isn't there anything on the table?; leggo sempre in treno, I always read on the train; hanno una casa proprio in riva al mare, they have a house right on the sea front; la notizia è apparsa in prima pagina, the news was on the front page; gli diede un bacio in fronte, she kissed him on the forehead; teneva in braccio un bambino, she was holding a baby in her arms; che cos'hai in mano?, what have you got in your hands?; ho sempre in mente le sue parole, his words are still in my mind; in lui ho trovato un vero amico, I found a real friend in him; questa espressione ricorre spesso in Dante, this expression often appears in Dante; nel lavoro non trova alcuna soddisfazione, he gets no satisfaction from his job // in fondo a, at the bottom of // in primo piano, in the foreground (o up close) // in bella mostra, in a prominent position // nel bel mezzo, right in the middle: s'interruppe nel bel mezzo del discorso, he stopped right in the middle of his speech // (non) avere fiducia in se stesso, (not) to be self-confident // credere in Dio, to believe in God
    2 (moto a luogo, direzione) to; (verso l'interno) into: è andato in Francia per lavoro, he went to France on business; domani andremo in campagna, we'll go to the country tomorrow; vorrei tornare in America, I'd like to go back to America; devo scendere in cantina, I must go down to the cellar; quando rientrerete in città?, when are you returning to town?; la nave era appena entrata in porto, the ship had just come into dock; la gente si riversò nelle strade, people poured into the streets; abbiamo mandato i bambini in montagna, we've sent the children to the mountains; questa merce va spedita in Germania, these goods are to be sent to Germany; non sporgerti troppo dalla barca, puoi cadere in acqua, don't lean too far out of the boat, you might fall in the water; puoi venire nel mio ufficio un attimo?, can you come into my office for a moment?; mise la mano in tasca e tirò fuori il portafoglio, he put his hand in his pocket and took out his wallet; rimetti quelle pratiche nel cassetto, put those papers back in the drawer; vai subito nella tua stanza!, go to your room at once!; hanno arrestato il ladro e l'hanno messo in prigione, the thief was arrested and put in prison; in quale direzione andate?, which way are you going?; sulle scale m'imbattei in uno sconosciuto, I bumped into a stranger on the stairs; ho inciampato in un gradino e sono caduto, I tripped over a step and fell down; si è messo in mente di fare l'attore, he's got it into his head that he wants to become an actor
    3 (moto per luogo) through, across: ha viaggiato molto in Europa, he has done a lot of travelling across Europe; il corteo sfilò nelle strade principali, the procession wound its way through the main streets; correre nei campi, to run across the fields; tanti pensieri le passavano nella mente, many thoughts went through her mind
    4 (cambiamento, passaggio, trasformazione) into: tradurre dall'inglese in italiano, to translate from English into Italian; convertire gli euro in dollari, to change euros into dollars; la proprietà è stata divisa in due, the property has been divided in half (o into two); il vaso cadde e andò in frantumi, the vase fell and broke into pieces // si è fatto in quattro per aiutarci, he bent over backwards to help us // il maltempo ha mandato in fumo tutti i nostri progetti, the bad weather put paid to all our plans // di bene in meglio, better and better; di male in peggio, from bad to worse // di tre in tre, in threes // Anita Rossi in De Marchi, (di donna coniugata) Anita De Marchi, née Rossi // andare in rovina, to go to (rack and) ruin (anche fig.) // andare in estasi, to be overjoyed // montare in collera, to fly into a rage
    5 (tempo) in; on; at: in marzo, in primavera, in March, in spring; in pieno inverno, in the middle of winter; in una mattina d'estate, one (o on a) summer morning; in quel giorno, on that day; in questo (preciso) momento, at this (very) moment; in tutta la mia vita, in all my life; nel pomeriggio, in the afternoon; si è laureato nel 1980, he graduated in 1980; tornerò a casa nel mese di settembre, I'll return home in September; nell'era atomica, in the atomic age; in gioventù, in (one's) youth; in tempo di guerra, di pace, in wartime, in peacetime; in epoca vittoriana, in the Victorian age; esamineranno otto candidati in un giorno, they will examine eight candidates in one day; ha fatto tutto il lavoro in due ore, he got through all the work in two hours; viene in Italia tre volte in un anno, he comes to Italy three times a year // arriverò in giornata, I'll arrive some time in the day // in serata, during the evening // nello stesso tempo, at the same time // nel frattempo, in the meantime // in un attimo, in un batter d'occhio, in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye // in men che non si dica, quick as a flash // in quattro e quattr'otto, in less than no time // di ora in ora, di giorno in giorno, from time to time, from day to day
    6 (modo, maniera) in; on: il pubblico ascoltava in silenzio, the audience listened in silence; mi guardava in un modo strano, he looked at me in a strange way (o strangely); parla in perfetto italiano, he speaks perfect Italian; scrivere in penna, in matita, in corsivo, in versi, to write in pen, in pencil, in italics, in verse; le istruzioni erano scritte in tedesco, the instructions were written in German; camminava in fretta, he was walking in a hurry; rispose in tono sgarbato, he answered rudely; entrammo in punta di piedi, we entered on tiptoe; procedevano in fila indiana, they walked single file; preferì rimanere in disparte, he preferred to stay on his own; stare in piedi, to stand on one's feet; tutti erano in abito da sera, they were all in evening dress; uscì in pantofole sul pianerottolo, he went on to the landing in his slippers // (resto) in attesa di una vostra cortese risposta, (nelle lettere) awaiting your reply // (comm.) assegno in bianco, blank cheque; pagare in contanti, in assegni, to pay cash, by cheque; 10.000 euro in biglietti da 10, 10,000 euros in 10 euro notes // una riproduzione in miniatura, a reproduction in miniature (o a miniature reproduction); trasmettere in diretta, to broadcast live // una partita in casa, in trasferta, a home, an away match // pomodori in insalata, tomato salad; pollo in gelatina, chicken in aspic
    7 (stato, condizione, circostanza) in, at: essere in pace, in guerra con qlcu., to be at peace, at war with s.o.; mi piace stare in compagnia, I like company; vivere nell'angoscia, to live in anxiety; in salute e in malattia, in sickness and in health; morì in miseria, he died in poverty; la sua vita era in pericolo, her life was in danger; ero in una situazione imbarazzante, I was in an embarrassing position; siamo nei pasticci!, we're in a mess!; ben presto si trovò nei guai fino al collo, he soon found himself up to his neck in trouble; non sono in condizioni di pagare una cifra simile, I'm not in a position to pay such a sum (of money) // essere in odio, in simpatia a qlcu., to be liked, to be hated by s.o.
    8 (limitazione, misura) in, at: (la) laurea in lingue, a degree in languages; dottore in legge, doctor of law; è bravo in matematica, ma è debole in francese, he's good at maths, but poor at French; un terzo della classe è stato rimandato in chimica, a third of the class is having to repeat chemistry; ha conseguito il diploma in ragioneria, he got a diploma in bookkeeping; ha intenzione di specializzarsi in pediatria, he is going to specialize in pediatrics; la nostra ditta commercia in pellami, our firm deals in leather goods; mio fratello è campione di salto in alto, my brother is high jump champion; la stanza era 5 metri in lunghezza, the room was 5 metres long
    9 (materia): una statua in bronzo, a bronze statue; una borsa in pelle, a leather handbag; rivestimento in legno, wood panelling; abito in puro cotone, an all cotton dress; poltrone in velluto, velvet armchairs; incisione in rame, copperplate engraving; un vassoio in argento, a silver tray ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in questo significato si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. in
    10 (mezzo) by; in; on: viaggiare in treno, in aereo, in macchina, to travel by train, by air, by car; sei venuto a piedi o in autobus?, have you come on foot or by bus?; abbiamo fatto una gita in barca, we went out on the boat; pagare in euro, in dollari, in assegni, to pay in euros, in dollars, by cheque
    11 (fine, scopo): ho avuto in dono una macchina fotografica, I've been presented with a camera; il vincitore riceverà in premio un milione di dollari, the winner will receive a prize of a million dollars; mi ha dato in prestito la sua macchina per qualche giorno, he has lent me his car for a few days; mi hanno mandato in visione il primo volume dell'opera, they sent me the first volume of the work to look at; la festa era in onore del sindaco, the party was in honour of the mayor; parlare in difesa di qlcu., to speak in s.o.'s defence
    12 (seguito da inf.): nell'entrare mi accorsi subito che qualcosa non andava, on entering I realized at once there was something wrong; l'ho incontrato nel tornare, I met him on the way back; nel salire in macchina mi sono cadute le chiavi, I dropped my keys while getting into the car; il bicchiere si è rotto nel lavarlo, the glass broke while it was being washed; nel dire ciò fu preso da commozione, in saying this he was overcome by emotion
    13 (predicativo; in ingl. non si traduce): siamo rimasti in due, only two of us were left; fra tutti eravamo in quaranta, there were forty of us in all; erano in molti, in pochi, there were many of them, few of them; se fossi in te, if I were you; dipingere qlco. in rosso, to paint sthg. red.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: in alto, up there; up (above); in basso, down there; down (below); in giù, downward (s); in su, upward (s) // in cerca di, in search of // in dettaglio, in detail; in forse, in doubt // in particolare, in particular // in quanto, in so far as: in quanto a ciò, as for that // in tutti i modi, in any case; in virtù di, as... // in rapporto a, as regards // in qualità di, in (one's) capacity as // nel caso che, (se, qualora) if; (nell'eventualità che) in case: portati l'ombrello, nel caso che piova, take your umbrella with you in case it rains; nel caso che torni prima di me, fatti dare le chiavi dal portinaio, if you should get back before I do, get the keys from the custodian // in fede, yours faithfully // in coscienza, truthfully // in lungo e in largo, far and wide.
    * * *
    [in]
    1. prep in + il = nel, in + lo = nello, in + l'= nell', in + la = nella, in + i = nei, in + gli = negli, in + le = nelle

    sono rimasto in casa — I stayed at home, I stayed indoors

    è nell' editoria/nell' esercito — he is in publishing/in the army

    è in fondo all'armadio — it is at the back of the wardrobe

    in lei ho trovato una sorella — I found a sister in her

    in lui non c'era più speranza — there was no hope left in him

    nell' opera di Shakespeare — in Shakespeare's works

    un giornale diffuso in tutta Italia — a newspaper read all over o throughout Italy

    andare in campagna/in montagna — to go into the country/to the mountains

    andrò in Francia — I'm going to France

    entrare in casa — to go into the house

    entrare in macchina — to get into the car

    gettare qc in acqua — to throw sth into the water

    inciampò in una radice — he tripped over a root

    l'ho messo là in alto/basso — I put it up/down there

    spostarsi di città in città — to move from town to town

    3)

    (moto per luogo) il corteo è passato in piazza — the procession passed through the square

    4) (tempo) in

    negli anni ottanta — in the eighties

    in luglio, nel mese di luglio — in July

    5) (mezzo) by

    mi piace viaggiare in aereo — I like travelling by plane, I like flying

    pagare in contanti/in dollari — to pay cash/in dollars

    ci andremo in macchina — we'll go there by car, we'll drive there

    6) (modo, maniera) in

    in abito da sera — in evening dress

    in fiamme — on fire, in flames

    in piedi — standing, on one's feet

    7) (materia) made of

    in marmo — made of marble, marble attr

    8)

    (fine, scopo) spende tutto in divertimentihe spends all his money on entertainment

    in favore di — in favour of

    in onore di — in honour of

    9) (misura) in
    10)

    (con infinito) ha sbagliato nel rispondere male — he was wrong to be rude

    si è fatto male nel salire sull'autobus — he hurt himself as he was getting onto the bus

    nell' udire la notizia — on hearing the news

    2. avv

    essere in — (di moda, attuale) to be in

    3. agg inv

    la gente in — the in-crowd

    * * *
    [in]
    1) (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) on

    abito in via RomaI live in BE o on AE via Roma

    vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna — to live in Italy, in town, in the country

    andare in Francia, in città, in campagna — to go to France, to town, to the country

    viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti — to travel around o through Cina, the United States

    in settimana mangio alla mensa — during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro)

    5) (mezzo) by
    6) (modo, maniera)

    un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi — a work in verse, in English, in three volumes

    Enza Bianchi in Rossi — Enza Rossi, née Bianchi

    nel tornare a casa,... — on my way home,...

    nel dire così,... — saying this

    * * *
    in
    /in/
    (artcl. nel, nello, nella, nell'; pl. nei, negli, nelle)
     1 (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) on; abito in via Roma I live in BE o on AE via Roma; vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna to live in Italy, in town, in the country; stare in casa to stay at home; essere in un taxi to be in a taxi; in televisione on TV; in questa storia in this story; nel suo discorso in his speech; che cosa ti piace in un uomo? what do you like in a man? un tema ricorrente in Montale a recurrent theme in Montale's work
     2 (moto a luogo) to; andare in Francia, in città, in campagna to go to France, to town, to the country; andare in vacanza to go on holiday; vado in macelleria I'm going to the butcher's; entrare in una stanza to go into a room; il treno sta per entrare in stazione the train is arriving at the station; salire in macchina to get into the car
     3 (moto per luogo) passeggiare in centro to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE; viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti to travel around o through Cina, the United States; correre nei prati to run across the fields; infilare il dito nella fessura to stick one's finger through the slit
     4 (tempo) (durante) in inverno in winter; nel 1991 in 1991; nel Medio Evo in the Middle Ages; negli ultimi giorni over the last few days; in settimana mangio alla mensa during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro) l'ho fatto in due giorni I did it in two days; lo farò in settimana I'll do it within the week
     5 (mezzo) by; sono venuto in taxi I came here by taxi; abbiamo fatto un giro in barca we went out on the boat
     6 (modo, maniera) un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi a work in verse, in English, in three volumes; parlare in spagnolo to speak Spanish; in piena forma in great shape; in contanti (in) cash
     7 (fine) ho avuto questo libro in regalo this book was given to me as a present; in vendita for sale
     8 (trasformazione) tradurre in italiano to translate into Italian; cambiare delle sterline in dollari to change pounds in dollars
     10 (materia) è in oro it's made of gold; un anello in oro a gold ring
     11 (limitazione) laurea in filosofia degree in philosophy; laureato in lettere arts graduate; essere bravo in storia to be good at history; malattia frequente nei bovini common disease in cattle; in politica in politics
     12 (misura) il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza the wall is three metres high and six metres long
     13 (quantità) erano in venti there were twenty of them; siamo in pochi there are few of us; abbiamo fatto il lavoro in due two of us did the job
     14 (davanti a un infinito) nel tornare a casa,... on my way home,...; nel dire così,... saying this,...
    \
    See also notes... (in.pdf)

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > in

  • 5 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 6 keep

    1. I
    1) is it worth keeping? стоит ли это хранить?
    2) this book is yours to keep можете оставить эту книгу себе. эту книгу я вам дарю
    3) butter (eggs, meat, apples, etc.) will keep масло и т. д. не испортится; chocolates that will keep шоколад, который может долго лежать
    4) the news (this statement, etc.) will keep с этим сообщением и т. д. можно повременить; this information can't keep эту информацию нельзя задерживать /нужно скорее опубликовать/; my revenge will keep отомстить я еще успею; it will keep! успеется!
    5) have a family (one's parents, a wife and two children, etc.) to keep иметь на иждивении /содержать/ семью и т. д.
    2. II
    1) keep somewhere keep at home (indoors, in, etc.) оставаться /сидеть/ дома, не выходить из дому; keep in some manner keep together держаться вместе, не разлучаться; let's keep together or we shall lose each other давайте держаться вместе, а то мы потеряем друг друга; if all the cars keep together we shall be quite safe если все машины пойдут вместе, нам нечего бояться; they kept abreast они шли в одну шеренгу
    2) keep in some manner keep well (quite well, all right, etc.) хорошо и т. д. сохраняться; keep for some time cold milk (dried fruit, smoked fish, etc.) keeps longer холодное молоко и т. д. дольше сохраняется / не портится/; fish do not keep long рыба не может долго лежать id how are you keeping? как вы себя чувствуете?, как здоровье?; she is not keeping well она себя неважно чувствует
    3. III
    1) keep smth. keep one's old letters (one's old clothes, his books, the archives, etc.) хранить старые письма и т. д.; this is [the place] where I keep my things (my money, my stores, etc.) вот где я держу свои вещи и т. д.; he can make money but he cannot keep it он умеет зарабатывать деньги, но не умеет их беречь
    2) keep smth. keep this book (this toy, this photograph, etc.) оставлять эту книгу и т. д. себе; since you have found this watch you may keep it раз вы нашли эти часы, то можете оставить их себе [навсегда]; you can keep the box, I don't need it any longer мне больше не нужна эта коробка, оставьте ее себе; keep the change сдачи не надо, оставьте сдачу себе
    3) keep smth. keep the job не менять места работы, работать на том же месте; keep one's seat /one's place/ оставаться на месте, не вставать с места; keep one's room не выходить из комнаты; keep one's bed не вставать с постели: keep one's feet удержаться на ногах, не упасть; keep the saddle удержаться в седле; keep one's balance /one's feet/ удерживать равновесие; keep the middle of the road (the road, the path, one's course, etc.) держаться середины /идти по середине/ дороги и т. д.; keep one's way идти своей дорогой, не сворачивать со своего пути; keep the speed идти с той же скоростью, не сбавлять или не увеличивать скорость; keep time отбивать такт; keep good time верно показывать время
    4) keep smth. keep one's temper (one's presence of mind, one's self-possession, one's composure, etc.) сохранять спокойствие и т. д., не терять спокойствия и т. д.; keep one's head не терять головы; keep silence молчать, хранить молчание; keep one's distance а) держаться на расстоянии; б) не допускать фамильярности
    5) keep smth. keep fruit (vegetables, food, etc.) сохранять фрукты и т. д., не давать фруктам и т. д. портиться; keep its shape (its colour, etc.) сохранять /не терять/ форму и т. д., keep one's figure сохранять фигуру; keep one's looks не дурнеть, сохранять привлекательность; keep good health оставаться в добром здравии
    6) keep smb. what is keeping you? почему вы задерживаетесь /опаздываете/?; don't let me keep you я не буду вас задерживать
    7) keep smth. keep a bridge (a fort, a fortress, the gates of a town, one's grounds, etc.) защищать /удерживать/ мост и т. д.; keep the wicket защищать ворота (а крикете), keep the goal стоять в воротах, защищать ворота (в футболе)
    8) keep smth. keep the rules (the law, order, commandments, etc.) соблюдать /не нарушать/ правила и т. д., придерживаться правил и т. д.; keep a treaty /an agreement/ выполнять /соблюдать/ условия договора; keep an appointment приходить на [деловое] свидание, приходить в назначенное время (место и т. п.); keep a date coll. приходить на свидание: keep one's word (one's promise, etc.) (с)держать слово и т. д., быть верным своему слову и т. д., keep a secret /one's own counsel/ помалкивать, хранить тайну; can you keep a secret? вы умеете молчать /держать язык за зубами/?; keep faith сохранять верность; keep peace сохранять /поддерживать/ мир; keep regular hours ложиться спать и вставать в одно и то же время, вести размеренную жизнь; keep late hours не ложиться /сидеть, работать/ допоздна; keep early hours рано ложиться и рано вставать; we keep late hours in this office в нашем учреждении рабочий день кончается поздно; keep one's birthday (festivals, etc.) отмечать /праздновать/ день рождения и т. д.; keep a fast (Sundays, rites, etc.) соблюдать пост и т. д., keep a ceremony отправлять /совершать/ обряд
    9) keep smb. keep a family (an old mother, a wife and six children, etc.) обеспечивать /содержать/ семью и т. д.; at his age he ought to be able to keep himself в его возрасте пора бы самому зарабатывать на жизнь; he doesn't earn enough to keep himself он себя не может прокормить
    10) keep smth., smb. keep a car (a garden, a horse, etc.) иметь машину и т. д.; keep an inn (a hotel, a school, etc.) держать небольшую гостиницу и т. д.; he kept a bar у неге был бар, он был хозяином бара; keep chickens (poultry, bees, sheep, cattles, etc.) держать /разводить/ цыплят и т. д.; keep a cook (a gardener, servants, a butler, a maid, etc.) держать повара и т. д.; keep boarders держать постояльцев; keep lodgers пускать жильцов; she keeps my dog when I am away я оставляю у нее свою собаку /она смотрит за моей собакой/, когда уезжаю; keep good (bad, rough, etc.) company водиться / дружить/ с хорошей и т. д. компанией /с хорошими и т. д. людьми/
    11) keep smth. keep butter (eggs, tea, wine, meat, etc.) иметь [в продаже] масло и т. д., торговать маслом и т. д., this shop keeps everything you need (fresh eggs, fruit, etc.) в этом магазине есть [в продаже] все, что вам нужно и т. д., keep a stock (a large supply) of machine parts (of vegetables, of socks, etc.) иметь на складе или в ассортименте запас (большое количество) деталей машин и т. д.; do you sell buttons? - I am sorry, but we do not keep them у вас продаются пуговицы? - Нет, у нас их в продаже не бывает
    12) keep smth. keep a diary (the score, records, accounts, books, the register, etc.) вести дневник и т. д.; keep house вести хозяйство; keep watch дежурить, стоять на часах
    4. IV
    1) keep smth. in some manner keep one's papers (one's toys, one's books, etc.) together держать свой документы и т. д. в одном месте; I wish you learnt to keep your things together and not leave them all over the house когда же ты научишься держать свой вещи в одном месте и не разбрасывать их по всему дому?
    2) keep smb., smth. somewhere keep the children (the patient, all of us, etc.) at home (here, in, etc.) держать детей и т. д. дома и т. д., не выпускать детей и т. д. из дому и т. д.; the cold weather kept us indoors мы сидели дома /не выходили из дому/ из-за холодной погоды; keep smb., smth. in some manner keep these birds (these animals, these things, etc.) apart (together, etc.) держать этих птиц и т. д. отдельно [друг от друга] и т. д., не держать этих птиц и т. д. в одном месте /вместе/; soldiers kept five abreast солдаты шагали в шеренге по пять [человек] /по пять человек в ряд/
    3) keep smb., smth. for some time keep the boys (one's friends, the newcomers, etc.) long (late, etc.) надолго и т. д. задерживать /не отпускать/ мальчиков и т. д.; I won't keep you long я вас долго не задержу; what kept you so late? из-за чего вы задержались допоздна?; keep these books (this picture, his bicycle, etc.) long долго держать у себя эти книги и т. д.; don't keep my dictionary long побыстрее верните мне словарь, не держите мой словарь долго; can you keep his papers a little longer? вы не могли бы задержать [у себя] его документы еще на некоторое время?; keep smb., smth. somewhere what kept him there? что его там удерживало /задержало/?
    5. V
    1) || keep smb. prisoner держать кого-л. в плену
    2) || keep smb. company составить кому-л. компанию
    6. VI
    semiaux keep smb., smth. in some state keep one's hands clean (warm, etc.) держать руки чистыми и т. д., keep your hands dry смотри, чтобы у тебя были сухие руки; keep the house (the room, etc.) tidy /neat, clean, etc./ содержать дом и т. д. в чистоте; keep the windows open (shut) держать окна открытыми ( закрытыми); keep one's back straight держаться прямо, не горбиться; keep one's eyes open а) держать глаза открытыми; б) не закрывать глаза на происходящее, отдавать себе отчет в том, что происходит; keep one's head cool сохранять спокойствие /хладнокровие/; I want to keep my conscience clean я хочу, чтобы моя совесть была чиста; keep this day free оставлять этот день свободным; keep smb.'s plans secret держать /хранить/ чьи-л. планы в тайне; keep his things intact оставлять его вещи нетронутыми, не дотрагиваться до его вещей; keep meat (fish, etc.) fresh сохранять мясо и т. д. свежим; keep dinner warm не дать обеду остынуть; you must keep yourself warm тебе нельзя охлаждаться, одевайся теплее; keep a razor sharp следить за тем, чтобы бритва не затупилась /всегда была острой/; keep the children quiet не разрешать детям шуметь, утихомирить детей; keep the patient awake не давать больному засыпать; keep the troops alert держать войска в состоянии боевей готовности; keep the prisoner alive сохранять узнику жизнь; keep one's family safe and sound следить за тем, чтобы в семье все были здоровы; keep people happy давать людям счастье; keep the students (the boys, etc.) busy занимать делом студентов и т. д., keep the саг straight веста машину прямо; keep dictionaries (reference books, brushes, etc.) handy держать /иметь/ словарик и т. д. под рукой
    7. VIII
    semiaux keep smb., smth. doing smth. keep them waiting (him standing, one's mother sitting up, the girl working, etc.) заставлять их ждать и т. д., keep the watch going следить за тем, чтобы часы шли; keep the fire burning поддерживать огонь, не дать костру погаснуть; keep the engine running не выключай мотора; keep a light burning не выключать свет; keep the man going придавать человеку бодрости, поддерживать жизнедеятельность человеческого организма id keep the pot boiling зарабатывать на жизнь, следить за тем, чтобы дела шли; keep the ball rolling поддерживать разговор
    8. IX
    keep smb., smth. in some state keep him interested поддерживать его заинтересованность; keep her advised держать ее в курсе дел, сообщать ей о положении дел /о своих планах и т. п./; keep the headquarters well informed /posted/ постоянно держать штаб в курсе дел, давать в штаб подробную информацию; keep smb. covered держать кого-л. на прицеле; keep one's throat protected закутывать /закрывать/ шею
    9. XI
    1) be kept somewhere be kept in a refrigerator (in a storehouse, on file, in the larder, etc.) храниться в холодильнике и т. д., vegetables were kept in the cellar овощи держали /хранили/ в погребе; be kept for smth. these books (these files, etc.) are kept for reference эти книги и т. д. keep для справок
    3) be kept in some place be kept in prison сидеть в тюрьме; be kept in port быть задержанным в порту; he was kept in bed for a whole week его продержали в постели целую неделю; he was kept in with a flu он сидел дома с гриппом; be kept in some manner be kept under arrest /in custody/ находиться /быть/ под арестом; be kept under lock and key содержаться под замком; be kept somewhere by smth. I am kept here by business меня здесь держат дела; we were kept in by rain мы не могли выйти из-за дождя
    4) be kept for some time milk curdles when it is kept too long когда молоко долго стоит, оно скисает
    5) be kept in some manner the rule (the law, this clause of the treaty, etc.) was punctually kept правило и т. д. точно соблюдалось; his promise (his word) was faithfully kept он оказался верным своему обещанию (своему слову); the secret is solemnly kept тайна строго хранится; the rule is to be kept constantly in mind об этом правиле нельзя ни на минуту забывать; these dates (the festivals, etc.) are solemnly (punctually, usually, etc.) kept эти даты и т. д. торжественно и т. д. отмечаются; be kept somewhere this day is kept all over the world (everywhere, etc.) этот день отмечается во всем мире и т. д.
    6) semiaux be kept in some state the road (the garden, etc.) is well (badly) kept дорога и т. д. содержится в хорошем (в плохом) состоянии; his affairs (his books, her accounts, etc.) are kept in good order его дела и т. д. [находятся] в порядке; the methods are kept up-to-date методы все время совершенствуются /модернизируются/; be kept in repair содержаться в хорошем состоянии, не требовать ремонта; the house (the flat, the hotel, etc.) is kept in repair дом и т. д. содержится в хорошем состоянии; my car is kept in repair моя машина всегда в полном порядке
    7) semiaux be kept doing smth. people don't like to be kept waiting никому не нравится ждать; the firm is kept going фирма продолжает существовать /работать/
    10. XIV
    keep doing smth. keep smiling (walking, writing, moving, etc.) продолжать улыбаться и т. д.; keep asking questions (bothering them, giggling, etc.) беспрестанно /все время/ задавать вопросы и т. д.: the thought kept recurring /running/ through my head эта мысль сверлила мне мозг; his words kept ringing in my ears его слова все время звучали у меня в ушах; the baby kept crying all night ребенок плакал всю ночь; my shoe-laces keep coming undone у меня все время /то и дело/ развязываются шнурки; he keeps changing his plans он то и дело меняет свой планы
    11. XV
    keep in some state keep healthy (fit, inactive, etc.) оставаться здоровым и т. д., keep warm не остывать: keep calm /quiet, cool/ сохранять спокойствие, оставаться спокойным: keep silent /still/ а) хранить молчание; б) не шуметь; keep slender сохранять стройность; keep alert [все время] быть настороже, keep alive остаться в живых; keep aloof держаться особняком; keep awake бодрствовать; keep friendly оставаться по-прежнему дружелюбным; keep quiet about it никому об этом не рассказывать; keep cheerful быть неизменно веселым: the weather keeps fine (cool, dry, clear, etc.) [все. еще] стоит хорошая и т. д. погода; the meat (this milk, etc.) will keep good (sweet) till tomorrow мясо и т. д. до завтрашнего дня не испортится /простоит/
    12. XVI
    1) keep to (along, on, behind, etc.) smth., smb. keep to the house (to one's room, to one's office, etc.) не выходить из дому и т. д., keep to the left (to the right, to the middle of the road, to the side of the road, to the hedge, etc.) держаться левой стороны и т. д., идти по левой стороне и т. д.; keep to the north (to the south, etc.) все время идти /держать курс/ на север и т. д.; don't walk on the grass, keep to the path не ходите по траве, идите по дорожке; keep behind me идите за мной следом; keep along the river (along this road for two miles, along the railway line, etc.) идти вдоль /держаться/ реки и т. д., keep at a distance держаться в отдалении /на расстоянии/; keep abreast of /with/ smth. идти в ногу с чем-л.; keep abreast of the lorry (of the motor launch, etc.) не отставать от грузовика и т. д., keep abreast of /with/ the times идти в ногу со временем; keep abreast of /with/ the latest developments in one's subject (of /with/ the progress in technology, of /with/ the current events, with the news, etc.) быть в курсе последних достижений в своей области и т. д., keep abreast of /with/ the fashion не отставать от моды, следить за модой; keep to one's bed не вставать [с постели], быть больным || keep on good (equal, friendly, etc.) terms with smb. сохранять с кем-л. хорошие и т. д. отношения
    2) keep out of / from/ smth. keep out of danger (out of trouble, out of harm, etc.) избегать опасности и т. д.; keep out of quarrel не вмешиваться /не встревать/ в ссору; keep out of mischief не проказничать, вести себя пристойно; keep out of the (smb.'s) way не вертеться (у кого-л.) под ногами, не мешать (кому-л.); keep from drink не пить /воздерживаться от/ алкогольных напитков
    3) keep for (till, etc.) some time keep for months (for a few days, etc.) сохраняться /стоять/ месяцами и т. д.; these apples will keep till spring эти яблоки могут лежать до весны; keep in (on, etc.) smth. milk (fish, meat, etc.) will keep in the freezer (on ice, etc.) молоко и т. д. в морозильнике и т. д. хорошо сохраняется /не портится/; meat doesn't keep in hot weather в жаркую погоду мясо быстро портится || keep in good health оставаться здоровым, не болеть; keep in good repair быть в хорошем состоянии, не требовать ремонта
    4) keep till (for) smth. the matter (the news, your story, etc.) will keep till morning (for another week, etc.) это дело и т. д. может подождать до утра и т. д., с этим делом и т. д. можно повременить до утра и т. д.
    5) keep to smth. keep to the subject (to the point, to one's argument, to the same course of action, to the truth, etc.) не отклоняться /не отходить/ от темы и т. д.; keep to the rules /to the regulations/ соблюдать правила, действовать в соответствии с правилами; keep to the pattern придерживаться данного образца; keep to one's word /to one's promises, to the pledge/ сдержать данное слово; keep to one's determination неуклонно /твердо/ осуществлять свое намерение; keep to a strict diet соблюдать строгую диету, быть на строгой диете; keep to gruel (to plain food, etc.) сидеть на каше и т. д.; keep to one's native language (to the local dialect, etc.) пользоваться родным языком /говорить на родном языке/ и т. д., keep within smth. keep within one's income (within one's means, etc.) жить в соответствии со своим доходом и т. д., keep within the budget не выходить из бюджета; keep within the law держаться в рамках закона; keep within the bounds of truth and dignity не уклоняться от истины и не терять /не ронять/ достоинства; keep in touch with smb., smth. поддерживать связь /контакт/ с кем-л., чем-л.; keep in touch with everything не отставать от века, быть в курсе всего
    6) keep at smth. keep at the subject (at one's French, etc.) упорно заниматься /работать над/ этим предметом и т. д.; keep at one's studies упорно заниматься; in spite of all we said he kept at the job несмотря на наши увещевания, он упорно делал /продолжал/ свое дело; keep at smb. keep at one's brother приставать к /надоедать/ своему брату; keep at him with appeals for money (for payment, for help, etc.) приставать к нему с просьбами дать денег и т. д.
    13. XVII
    keep from doing smth. keep from laughing (from crying, etc.) удерживаться от смеха и т. д.; I could not keep from smiling (from giving expression to my admiration, etc.) я не мог не улыбнуться и т. д.; I tried to keep from looking at her я старался не смотреть на нее
    14. XVIII
    keep to oneself my father (the boy, etc.) kept generally (most of the time, always, etc.) to himself мой отец и т. д. обычно и т. д. держался особняком / мало с кем общался/; keep smth. to oneself keep the news (the matter, one's impressions, one's remarks, etc.) to oneself держать эти новости и т. д. в тайне, никому не рассказывать этих новостей и т. д.; he kept his sorrow /grief/ to himself он ни с кем не делился своим горем; keep smth. about oneself keep some change about oneself иметь при себе мелочь; I never keep important papers about myself я никогда не ношу с собой важные документы; keep smth. for oneself you may keep the picture for yourself эту картину можете оставить себе /взять себе/ насовсем || keep oneself to oneself а) быть необщительным; б) держаться в стороне, не лезть в чужие дела
    15. XXI1
    1) keep smb., smth. in (at, on, under, eft.) smth. keep the child in bed держать ребенка в постели, не разрешать ребенку вставать; keep a rabbit in a box (lions at the zoo, a prisoner in a cell, a thief in prison, books in a bookcase, a stick in one's hand, etc.) держать кролика в ящике и т. д.; keep one's letters under lock and key держать свои письма под замком; keep a man in custody держать человека под арестом; keep smb. in irons держать кого-л. в кандалах, заковать кого-л. [в цепи]; keep the key in the lock (one's hands in one's pockets, etc.) не вынимать ключ из замка и т. д.; keep a revolver in one's pocket носить револьвер в кармане; keep one's money in a safe хранить деньги в сейфе; keep one's head above water держаться на поверхности; keep the river within its bed не дать реке выйти из берегов, удерживать реку в русле; keep the chain on the door держать дверь на цепочке; keep smb., smth. for some time will you keep my dog for a month? нельзя ли оставить у вас на месяц [мою] собаку?
    2) keep smb., smth. at (from, out of) smth., smb. keep the students at work /at their job/ (at their studies, etc.) не разрешать студентам прекращать работу и т. д., you must keep him at his books вы должны следить, чтобы он усердно занимался; keep the boy at school оставлять мальчика в школе; keep children (workers, etc.) from [their] work (from their task, etc.) не давать детям и т. д. работать и т. д., these books keep me from work эти книги отвлекают меня от работы; keep the boy from school не пустить мальчика в школу; keep him from these people не давать ему общаться или водить дружбу с этими людьми; keep the tears from one's eyes удержать слезы; keep them from danger (the girl from all harm, etc.) уберегать их от опасности и т. д.; keep him out of my way! a) убери его с дороги!; б) пусть он не вертится у меня под ногами!; keep children out of school не пускать детей в школу, не давать детям учиться; keep children out of mischief не давать детям проказничать; keep her out of trouble (out of harm's way, etc.) уберечь ее от неприятностей и т. д.; how can we keep the boy out of her clutches? как нам оградить парня от ее влияния?
    3) keep smth., smb. for (till, etc.) some time keep the fruit till evening оставить фрукты на вечер; she will keep the cake until tomorrow она оставит торт до завтрашнего дня /на завтра/; keep him for an hour задержи его на час; keep smth. for smth., smb. keep this meat for dinner (the wine for company, this bit of gossip for her, etc.) приберегать /оставлять/ это мясо на обед и т. д., keep the money for the future откладывать деньги на будущее; I keep the book for reference я держу эту книгу для справок; keep a seat for me займите мне место; I kept this picture for you я оставил эту картину для вас; keep smth. from smb. keep the news from her friends (something from me, etc.) утаивать эту новость от друзей и т. д., не сообщать эту новость друзьям и т. д., she can keep nothing from him она от него ничего не может скрыть
    4) keep, smb. , smth. in (under) smth. keep the man in a state of fear (in awe of him, in suspense, in ignorance, etc.) держать человека в состоянии страха и т. д.; keep a child in good health [постоянно] следить за здоровьем ребенка; keep the village (enemy troops, etc.) under fire держать деревню и т. д. под огнем /под обстрелом/; keep the house (the ship. etc.) in good condition (in a state of repair, etc.) (содержать дом и т. д. в хорошем состоянии и т. д.; keep smth. under observation держать что-л. под наблюдением || keep him at a distance /at an arm's length/ не подпускать его близко, держать его на расстоянии; keep smb., smth. in mind помнить /не забывать/ кого-л., чего-л.; will you keep me in mind? вы будете иметь меня в виду?; keep smb. in the dark about smth. coll. не сообщать кому-л. /держать кого-л. в неведении/ относительно чего-л.; keep one's wife (one's mother, etc.) in the dark about one's plans держать жену и т. д. в неведении относительно своих планов; keep smb.'s mind off smth. отвлекать кого-л. от чего-л.; keep his mind off his troubles не давать ему думать о неприятностях; keep smb. to his promise /to his word/ вынудить / заставить/ кого-л. сдержать свое обещание ( свое слово); keep track of smth. следить за чем-л.; keep track of events быть в курсе событий, следить за событиями; keep smb., smth. in check сдерживать кого-л., что-л.; keep the epidemic of typhus (the process of erosion, the enemy, etc.) in check препятствовать распространению эпидемии тифа и т. д.
    5) keep smth. for some time if you want to keep fish (meat, butter, etc.) for a long time (for a month, etc.) freeze it если вам надо сохранить рыбу и т. д. подольше /чтобы рыба и т. д. долго полежала/ и т. д., заморозьте ее
    6) keep smb. on smth. keep the patient on a diet (on gruel, on milk, etc.) держать больного на диете и т. д., keep smth. at some level keep the temperature at 80° (the speed at 60 miles per hour, etc.) поддерживать /держать/ температуру на уровне восьмидесяти градусов и т. д. || keep расе /step/ with smb., smth. идти в ногу с кем-л., чем-л., не отставать от кого-л., чего-л.; keep расе with the times (with the events, with the rest of team, etc.) идти в ногу со временем и т. д., keep company with smb. дружить с кем-л.; keep company with grown-up girls водиться /дружить/ со взрослыми девочками
    7) keep smb. at /in/ smth. keep employees at the office (the delegates at the conference, me at home, him in the country, etc.) задерживать служащих на работе и т. д., there was nothing to keep me in England меня ничего больше не задерживало /не удерживало/ в Англии
    8) keep smth. against smb. keep a town (a fort, a castle, a road, etc.) against the enemy защищать город и т. д. от противника; keep smth. at smth. keep the goal at football стоять в воротах, защищать ворота [во время футбольного матча]
    9) keep smb. on smth. he cannot keep a wife on his income на свои доходы он не может содержать жену; keep smb. in smth. coll. keep smb. in cigarettes (in chocolates, in nylons, etc.) хватать кому-л. на сигареты и т. д., keep oneself in clothes (in food, in beer, etc.) обеспечивать себя одеждой и т. д., such jobs barely kept him in clothes такие заработки едва покрывали его расходы на одежду; keep smb. in хате state the miser kept his mother and sister in poverty этот скупец держал свою мать и сестру в нищете
    10) keep smth., smb. for smth. keep fruit (butter, fresh eggs, stamps, postcards, etc.) for sale торговать фруктами и т. д., иметь фрукты и т. д. в продаже; keep dogs (hens, birds, etc.) for sale держать собак и т. д. на продажу || keep eggs (butter, etc.) in store /in reserve/ иметь запасы яиц и т. д.; what do you keep in stock? что у вас есть в наличии /в ассортименте, в продаже/?
    16. XXII
    1) keep smb., smth. from doing smth. keep one's brother from going there (the child from talking too much, etc.) удерживать брата от этой поездки и т. д., не давать брату поехать туда и т. д.; keep him from asking questions не давай /не позволяй/ ему задавать вопросы; keep the enemy from getting to know our plans (the child from hurting himself, the girl from learning too much, etc.) не допустить, чтобы противник узнал о наших планах и т. д.; keep the old man from falling (the fruit from rotting, etc.) не дать старику упасть и т. д.; keep the child from eating too much не допускать, чтобы ребенок ел слишком много; what shall I do to keep this light dress from getting dirty? что мне делать, чтобы это светлое платье не пачкалось /не грязнилось/?; we must do something to keep the roof from falling надо что-то сделать, чтобы не обвалилась крыша; the noise kept him from sleeping шум мешал ему спать; urgent business kept us from joining you срочные дела помешали нам присоединиться к вам
    2) || keep smb., smth. in training поддерживать кого-л., что-л. в хорошей форме; you should keep your memory in training вы должны все время тренировать память; what's the best way of keeping the team in training? как лучше всего держать команду в спортивной форме?
    17. XXIV1
    keep smth. as smth.
    1) keep this photo (this little book, etc.) as a remembrance хранить эту фотографию и т. д. как память
    2) keep the date as a day of mourning (as a jubilee, as a holiday, etc.) отмечать эту дату как день траура и т. д.
    18. XXV
    keep where... keep where you are не трогайтесь с места

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > keep

  • 7 ποιέω

    ποιέω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ποιϝέω IG4.800 ([place name] Troezen), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.
    A

    ποίεον Il. 20.147

    ; [var] contr.

    ποίει 18.482

    ; [dialect] Ion.

    ποιέεσκον Hdt.1.36

    , 4.78: [tense] fut. ποιήσω: [tense] aor. ἐποίησα, [dialect] Ep.

    ποίησα Il.18.490

    : [tense] pf. πεποίηκα:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.

    ποιεέσκετο Hdt.7.119

    : [tense] fut.

    ποιήσομαι Il.9.397

    : in pass. sense, Hp.Decent.11, Arist.Metaph. 1021a23: [tense] aor. ἐποιησάμην, [dialect] Ep.

    ποι- Od.5.251

    , al.: [tense] pf. πεποίημαι in med. sense, And.4.22, Decr. ap. D. 18.29:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ποιηθήσομαι ([etym.] μετα-) D.23.62, v. supr.;

    πεποιήσομαι Hp.Mul.1.11

    ,37: [tense] aor.

    ἐποιήθην Hdt.2.159

    , etc. (used as [voice] Med. only in compd. προς-): [tense] pf.

    πεποίημαι Il.6.56

    , etc.:—[dialect] Att. [full] ποῶ (EM 679.24), etc., is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Com., as

    ποῶ S. OT 918

    ,

    ποεῖν Id.Tr. 385

    ,

    ποεῖς Ar.Ach. 410

    , etc., and found in cod. Laur. of S., cod. Rav. of Ar., also IG12.39.6 ([etym.] ποήσω), 82.9 ([etym.] ποεῖ), 154.7 ([etym.] ἐποησάτην), etc.; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr.: πο- also in [dialect] Aeol.

    πόημι πόης πόει PBouriant8.71

    ,75, Sapph. Supp.1.9, al., and Arc. ποέντω, = ποιούντων, IG5(2).6.9 (Tegea, iv B.C.); cf. ποιητής.
    0-0 Used in two general senses, make and do.
    A make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opp. πράττειν, Pl.Chrm. 163b), in Hom. freq. of building, π. δῶμα, τύμβον, Il.1.608,7.435;

    εἴδωλον Od.4.796

    ; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] Il.7.339; of smith's work, π. σάκος ib. 222;

    ἐν [σάκεϊ] ποίει δαίδαλα πολλά 18.482

    , cf. 490, 573: freq. in Inscrr. on works of art, Πολυμήδης ἐποίϝηh' (= ἐποίησε )

    Ἀργεῖος SIG5

    (vi B.C., cf. Class.Phil.20.139);

    Θεόπροπος ἐποίει Αἰγινάτας SIG18

    (vi/v B.C.), etc.; ἐποίησε Τερψικλῆς ib.3b(Milet., vi B.C.), etc.;

    τίς.. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίει; Herod.4.22

    ; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, Hdt.7.65;

    ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου X.An. 5.3.9

    ;

    πλοῖα ἐκ τῆς ἀκάνθης ποιεύμενα Hdt.2.96

    ;

    καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ βοῶν X.An.4.5.14

    : c. gen. materiae,

    πωρίνου λίθου π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.5.62

    ;

    ἔρυμα λίθων λογάδην πεποιημένον Th.4.31

    ;

    φοίνικος αἱ θύραι πεποιημέναι X.Cyr.7.5.22

    : rarely

    ποιεῖσθαί τινι

    to be made with..,

    Longus 1.4

    ; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα.. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, Hdt.4.192; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται Sch.Patm.D.in BCH1.144:—[voice] Med., make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, Il.12.168, cf. 5.735, Od.5.251, 259, Hes.Op. 503; [ῥεῖθρον] π., of a river, Thphr. HP3.1.5; also, have a thing made, get it made,

    ὀβελούς Hdt.2.135

    ;

    στεφάνους οὓς ἐποιησάμην τῷ χορῷ D.21.16

    , cf. X.An.5.3.5; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of A., Pl.Ep. 361a;

    αὑτοῦ εἰκόνας Plu. Them.5

    , cf. Inscr.Prien.25.9 (iii B.C.?).
    2 create, bring into existence,

    γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον Hes.Op. 110

    , cf. Th. 161, 579, etc.;

    ὁ ποιῶν

    the creator,

    Pl.Ti. 76c

    ;

    ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε D.4.11

    :—[voice] Med., beget,

    υἱόν And.1.124

    ;

    ἔκ τινος Id.4.22

    ; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, = παιδοποιεῖσθαι, X.Cyr.5.3.19, D.57.43; conceive,

    παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος Pl.Smp. 203b

    :—[voice] Act. in this sense only in later Gr., Plu.2.312a; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι ib.145d.
    3 generally, produce, ὕδωρ π., of Zeus, Ar.V. 261: impers., ἐὰν πλείω ποιῇ ὕδατα, = ἐὰν ὕη, Thphr.CP1.19.3; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, Arist.HA 522b32; ἄρρεν π., of an egg, Ael.VH1.15; μέλι ἄριστον π., of Hymettus, Str.9.1.23; π. καρπόν, of trees, Ev.Matt.3.10 (metaph. in religious sense, ib.8); of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, Ar. Pax 1322;

    π. σίτου μεδίμνους D.42.20

    ; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, Plot.2.3.1.
    b Math., make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.16,38, Con.Sph.12;

    ὁ Α τὸν Γ πολλαπλασιάσας τὸν Η πεποίηκεν Euc.7.19

    :—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω ὡς.. let it be contrived that.., Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.6.
    d π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49,51; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.2,3.
    4 after Hom., of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, Hdt.1.23, 4.14;

    π. θεογονίην Ἕλλησι Id.2.53

    ; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, Ar.Th. 153, 157; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc., Pl.Smp. 223d;

    παλινῳδίαν Isoc.10.64

    , Pl.Phdr. 243b, etc.;

    ποιήματα Id.Phd. 60d

    : abs., write poetry, write as a poet,

    ὀρθῶς π. Hdt.3.38

    ;

    ἐν τοῖσι ἔπεσι π. Id.4.16

    , cf. Pl. Ion 534b: folld. by a quotation,

    ἐπόησάς ποτε.. Ar.Th. 193

    ;

    εἴς τινα Pl.Phd. 61b

    ;

    περὶ θεῶν Id.R. 383a

    , etc.
    c describe in verse,

    θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν Pl.R. 379a

    ; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, Id.Phd. 61b;

    μῦθον Lycurg.100

    .
    d invent,

    καινοὺς θεούς Pl.Euthphr.3b

    ; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] Hdt.3.115;

    πεποιημένα ὀνόματα Arist.Rh. 1404b29

    , cf.Po. 1457b2; opp. αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, D.H.Is.7, Pomp. 2.
    II bring about, cause,

    τελευτήν Od.1.250

    ;

    γαλήνην 5.452

    ;

    φόβον Il.12.432

    ;

    σιωπὴν παρὰ πάντων X.HG6.3.10

    ;

    τέρψιν τοῖς θεωμένοις Id.Mem.3.10.8

    ;

    αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.7.54

    , etc.; also of things,

    ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά X.Mem.4.3.14

    ;

    ταὐτὸν ἐποίει αὐτοῖς νικᾶν τε μαχομένοις καὶ μηδὲ μάχεσθαι Th.7.6

    , cf. 2.89.
    b c. acc. et inf., cause or bring about that..,

    σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον Od.23.258

    ;

    π. τινὰ κλύειν S.Ph. 926

    ;

    π. τινὰ βλέψαι Ar.Pl. 459

    , cf. 746;

    π. τινὰ τριηραρχεῖν Id.Eq. 912

    , cf. Av.59; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc., X.Cyr.4.5.48, 2.2.13, Pl.Tht. 149a, etc.: with ὥστε inserted, X.Cyr.3.2.29, Ar.Eq. 351, etc.: folld. by a relat. clause,

    π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη Hdt.5.109

    , cf. 1.209;

    ὡς ἂν.. εἰδείην ἐποίουν X.Cyr.6.3.18

    :—also [voice] Med., ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν ib.6.1.23.
    2 procure,

    π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι Th.8.76

    ;

    ὁ νόμος π. τὴν κληρονομίαν τισί Is.11.1

    ; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, D.10.76:—[voice] Med., procure for oneself, gain,

    κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ' Od.2.126

    ;

    ἄδειαν Th.6.60

    ;

    τιμωρίαν ἀπό τινων Id.1.25

    ;

    τὸν βίον ἀπὸ γεωργίας X.Oec.6.11

    , cf. Th.1.5.
    3 of sacrifices, festivals, etc., celebrate,

    π. ἱρά Hdt.9.19

    , cf. 2.49 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.);

    π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι X.HG4.5.1

    ; π. Ἴσθμια ib.4.5.2;

    τῇ θεῷ ἑορτὴν δημοτελῆ π. Th.2.15

    ;

    παννυχίδα π. Pl.R. 328a

    ; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, LXXEx.31.16; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, Pl. Mx. 234b;

    π. ἐπαρήν SIG38.30

    (Teos, v B.C.); also of political assemblies,

    π. ἐκκλησίαν Ar.Eq. 746

    , Th.1.139;

    π. μυστήρια Id.6.28

    ([voice] Pass.);

    ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν Id.1.67

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο Il.8.2

    ;

    ἢν θυσίην τις ποιῆται Hdt.6.57

    (v.l.);

    δημοσίᾳ ταφὰς ἐποιήσαντο Th.2.34

    ;

    π. ἀγῶνα Id.4.91

    ;

    π. ἐκκλησίαν τοῖς Γρᾳξὶ περὶ μισθοῦ Ar.Ach. 169

    .
    4 of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war,

    πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ' εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. Is.11.48

    ; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), X.An.5.5.24; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), Ar. Pax 1199;

    σπονδὰς π. X.An.4.3.14

    ;

    ξυμμαχίαν ποιῆσαι Th.2.29

    ; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), And.3.11;

    σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι Th.1.28

    , etc.:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη Hdt.1.77

    , etc.
    5 freq. in [voice] Med. with Nouns periphr. for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, Od.21.71; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, Hdt.2.29;

    π. ὁδόν Id.7.42

    , 110, 112, etc.; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, Id.6.95, cf. Antipho 5.21; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, Hdt.6.95; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, Id.1.68; ὀργὴν π., for ὀργίζεσθαι, Id.3.25; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, Id.1.127; βουλὴν π., for βουλεύεσθαι, Id.6.101; συμβολὴν π., for συμβάλλεσθαι, Id.9.45; τὰς μάχας π., for μάχεσθαι, S.El. 302, etc.; καταφυγὴν π., for καταφεύγειν, Antipho 1.4; ἀγῶνα π., for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Th.2.89; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of.., Hdt.7.156; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, Th.1.128; also simply for λέγειν, Lys.25.2, cf. Pl.R. 527a, etc.; also π. δι' ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, Hdt.6.4, 8.134.
    III with Adj. as predic., make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, Od.23.12; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them, 13.42, cf. Il.12.30;

    τοὺς Μήδους ἀσθενεῖς π. X.Cyr.1.5.2

    , etc.;

    χρήσιμον ἐξ ἀχρήστου π. Pl.R. 411b

    : with a Subst., ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, Il. 15.363;

    ποιεῖν τινα βασιλῆα Od.1.387

    ;

    ταμίην ἀνέμων 10.21

    ;

    γέροντα 16.456

    ;

    ἄκοιτίν τινι Il.24.537

    ;

    γαμβρὸν ἑόν Hes.Th. 818

    ; [

    μύρμηκας] ἄνδρας π. [καὶ] γυναῖκας Id.Fr.76.5

    ;

    πολιήτας π. τινάς Hdt.7.156

    ;

    Ἀθηναῖον π. τινά Th.2.29

    , etc.;

    π. τινὰ παράδειγμα Isoc.4.39

    : hence, appoint, instal,

    τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών LXX 1 Ki.12.6

    ;

    δώδεκα Ev.Marc.3.14

    :—[voice] Med., ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, Hes. Op. 707, cf. 714; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, Il.3.409, 9.397, cf. Od.5.120, etc.; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, Il.9.495, etc.; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, Hdt. 6.57: without υἱόν, adopt,

    ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη D.41.3

    , cf. 39.6,33, 44.25, Pl.Lg. 923c, etc.;

    π. τινὰ θυγατέρα Hdt.4.180

    : generally,

    ἅπαντας ἢ σῦς ἠὲ λύκους π. Od.10.433

    ;

    π. τινὰ πολίτην Isoc.9.54

    ;

    μαθητήν Pl.Cra. 428b

    ;

    τὰ κρέα π. εὔτυκα Hdt. 1.119

    ; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, Id.9.45, etc.; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ.. ἔργον makes it his own, Id.1.129;

    μηδ' ἃ μὴ 'θιγες ποιοῦ σεαυτῆς S.Ant. 547

    .
    IV put in a certain place or condition, etc.,

    ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς.. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ' Od.14.274

    ;

    σφῶϊν ὧδε θεῶν τις ἐνὶ φρεσὶ ποιήσειεν Il.13.55

    ;

    αἲ γὰρ τοῦτο θεοὶ ποιήσειαν ἐπὶ νόον νησιώτῃσι Hdt.1.27

    , cf. 71;

    ἐν αἰσχύνῃ π. τὴν πόλιν D.18.136

    ;

    τὰς ναῦς ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ π. Th.1.109

    ;

    ἔξω κεφαλὴν π. Hdt.5.33

    ;

    ἔξω βελῶν τὴν τάξιν π. X.Cyr.4.1.3

    ;

    ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω π. τῶν ὑποψιῶν Isoc.3.37

    ; of troops, form them,

    ὡς ἂν κράτιστα.. X.An.5.2.11

    , cf. 3.4.21; in politics,

    ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. Th.8.53

    ; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, D.18.48;

    μήτε τοὺς νόμους μήθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς λέγουσι π. Id.58.61

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ποιέεσθαι ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt.1.201

    , cf.5.103, etc.;

    ὑπὸ χεῖρα X.Ages.1.22

    ; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, Th.3.3, 8.1;

    τινὰς ἐς τὸ συμμαχικόν Hdt.9.106

    ; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, Th.2.83, cf. 6.67; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (v. ἐκποδών)

    ; ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν X.An. 1.10.9

    .
    2 Math., multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ' ἑαυτὰ π., Hero Metr.1.8, 2.14.
    V [voice] Med., deem, consider, reckon a thing as.., συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, Hdt.1.83, 6.61; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, Id.1.127, etc. (rarely in [voice] Act.,

    δεινὰ π. 2.121

    .έ, Th.5.42); μέγα π. c. inf., deem it a great matter that.., Hdt.8.3, cf. 3.42, etc.;

    μεγάλα π. ὅτι.. Id.1.119

    ; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, Pl.Grg. 489c;

    οὐκέτι ἀνασχετὸν π. τι Th.1.118

    : freq. with Preps., δι' οὐδενὸς π. deem of no account, S.OC 584; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π., Hdt.1.118,7.138;

    ἐν σμικρῷ μέρει S.Ph. 498

    ;

    ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ Th.4.5

    ;

    ἐν ὀργῇ D.1.16

    ; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, Hdt. 1.131; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, Id.9.42;

    παρ' ὀλίγον π. τι X. An.6.6.11

    ; περὶ πολλοῦ π., Lat. magni facere, Lys.1.1, etc.; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π., Id.14.40, Pl.Ap. 21e, etc.; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, Isoc.17.58, 18.63;

    περὶ παντός Id.2.15

    (rarely

    πολλοῦ π. τι Pl.Prt. 328d

    ); πρὸ πολλοῦ π. c. inf., Isoc.5.138.
    VII of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, D.19.163 codd.; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, PCair.Zen.48.4 (iii B.C.); μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, Pl.Phlb. 50d, cf. AP11.85 (Lucill.); ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, D.54.26; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ' ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, Th.7.28(s.v.l.);

    ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά LXXPr.13.23

    , cf. To.10.7;

    δύο ἡμέρας ποιεῖ ἐν τῷ Ἀνουβιείῳ UPZ70.21

    (ii B.C.), cf. PSI4.362.15 (iii B.C.);

    τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. D.S.1.35

    ; tarry, stay,

    μῆνας τρεῖς Act.Ap. 20.3

    , cf. AP11.330 (Nicarch.).
    VIII in later Greek, sacrifice,

    μοσχάριον LXXEx.29.36

    ; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος ib.Jb.42.8: without acc., π. Ἀστάρτῃ sacrifice to Ashtoreth, ib.3 Ki.11.33.
    IX make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον ib.Ge.18.7 sq.; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it, ib.2 Ki.19.24(25).
    X ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king, ib.3 Ki.20 (21).7.
    B do, much like πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν D. 4.5;

    περὶ ὧν πράττει καὶ μέλλει ποιεῖν Id.8.2

    , cf. 18.62;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται Il.6.56

    ;

    πλείονα χρηστὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν Ar.Eq. 811

    ;

    τὰ δίκαια τοῖς εὐεργέταις D.20.12

    ;

    ἅμα ἔπος τε καὶ ἔργον ἐποίεε Hdt.3.134

    fin.; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, Id.5.40;

    οὗτος τί ποιεῖς; A. Supp. 911

    , etc.;

    τὸ προσταχθὲν π. S.Ph. 1010

    ; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, Pl.Phd. 60e, etc.; πᾶν or πάντα π., v. πᾶς D. 111.2, etc.: Math., ὅπερ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, = Q.E.F., Euc.1.1, etc.
    2 c. dupl. acc., do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in Hdt.3.75, al.; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, Isoc.16.50, etc.;

    μεγάλα τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθά Din.1.17

    ; also

    εὖ ποιεῖν τὸν εὖ ποιοῦντα X.Mem.2.3.8

    ; τὴν ἐκείνου (sc. χώραν)

    κακῶς π. D.1.18

    ; in LXX with Prep.,

    π. κακὸν μετά τινων Ge. 26.29

    ;

    ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα Hdt.1.115

    ;

    κοὐκ οἶδ' ὅ τι χρῆμά με ποιεῖς Ar.V. 697

    , cf. Nu. 259; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, Hdt.4.166: less freq. c. dat. pers.,

    τῷ τεθνεῶτι μηδὲν τῶν νομιζομένων π. Is.4.19

    ;

    ἵππῳ τἀναντία X.Eq.9.12

    codd., cf. Ar.Nu. 388, D.29.37: c. dat. rei,

    τί ποιήσωμεν κιβωτῷ; LXX 1 Ki.5.8

    :—in [voice] Med.,

    φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι Hdt.2.152

    ,5.37.
    3 with an Adv., ὧδε ποίησον do thus, Id.1.112; πῶς ποιήσεις; how will you act? S.OC 652;

    πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν περὶ θυσίας X.Mem.1.3.1

    ;

    ποίει ὅπως βούλει Id.Cyr.1.4.9

    ;

    μὴ ἄλλως π. Pl.R. 328d

    ; πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πῶς ποιήσουσιν; ib. 469b; ὀρθῶς π. ib. 403e; εὖ, κακῶς π. τινά, v. supr. 2: freq. c. part.,

    εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος Hdt.5.24

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 60c;

    καλῶς ποιεῖς προνοῶν X.Cyr.7.4.13

    ;

    οἷον ποιεῖς ἡγούμενος Pl.Chrm. 166c

    ; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial,

    καλῶς γ', ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ Id.Smp. 174e

    ;

    καλῶς ποιοῦντες.. πράττετε D.20.110

    , cf. 1.28;

    εὖ ποιοῦν

    fortunately,

    Id.23.143

    .
    4 in Prose (rarely in Poetry, A.Pr. 935), used in the second clause, to avoid repeating the Verb of the first, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς· μᾶλλον δ' ἐγὼ τοῦθ' ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω I will do this for you, D.18.52, cf. 292, Hdt.5.97, Is.7.35.
    II abs., to be doing, act,

    ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών Hdt.7.11

    ; ποιεῖν, as a category, opp. πάσχειν, Arist.Cat. 2a3, cf. GC 322b11, Ph. 225b13.
    b of medicine, operate, be efficacious, Pl.Phd. 117b;

    λουτρὰ κάλλιστα ποιοῦντα πρὸς νόσους Str. 5.3.6

    ; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, Thphr.HP7.14.1, Ps.-Plu.Fluv.16.2: freq. in Dsc.,

    πρὸς ἐπιλημπτικούς 1.6

    , al.;

    εἰς τὰ αὐτά 2.133

    : c. dat.,

    στομαχικοῖς Gal.13.183

    : abs., ἄκρως π. ib.265; also of charms, PMag.Osl.1.361.
    2 Th. has a peculiar usage, ἡ εὔνοια παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L., 2.8: impers., ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐποίει τῆς δόξης τοῖς μὲν ἠπειρώταις εἶναι, τοῖς δέ.. it was the general character of the one to be landsmen, of the others.., 4.12: the former passage is imitated by Arr.An.2.2.3, App.BC1.82, D.C.57.6.
    C [voice] Med., = προσποιέομαι, pretend, c. inf., Zos.2.14.1, Procop.Arc. 10. ( ποιϝέω perh. from Ποι-ϝό-ς (in κλινοποιός, νεωποιός, τραπεζοποιός, etc.) 'builder', 'maker', cf. Skt. cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ποιέω

  • 8 talk

    tɔ:k
    1. сущ.
    1) а) разговор;
    диалог;
    беседа I think it's time we had a talk. ≈ Я думаю, нам пора поговорить. She had a long talk with him about his work. ≈ Она долго разговаривала с ним о его работе. big talk blunt talk heart-to-heart talk loose talk pep talk plain talk straight talk sweet talk б) мн. переговоры the next round of Middle East peace talksследующий раунд переговоров о мире на Ближнем Востоке
    2) лекция;
    беседа, рассказ to give a talk ≈ прочитать лекцию She gave an interesting talk on bringing up children. ≈ Она прочитала интересную лекцию по вопросам воспитания детей.
    3) а) пустой разговор, треп, болтовня It will end in talk. ≈ Это дальше разговоров не пойдет. idle talk ≈ пустословие, болтовня б) слухи, толки, молва There is talk of her resigning. ≈ Поговаривают о том, что она уходит на пенсию. в) предмет разговоров, толков It is the talk of the town. ≈ Об этом толкует весь город.
    2. гл.
    1) а) говорить, вести беседу;
    разговаривать( about, of - о чем-л.;
    with - с кем-л.) to talk bluntly, to talk candidly, to talk frankly, to talk freely ≈ открыто/свободно/искренне разговаривать о чем-л. to talk loud, to talk loudly, to talk openly ≈ во весь голос/открыто заявить о чем-л. to talk oneself sick ≈ договориться до болезненного состояния They were talking about the elections. ≈ Они разговаривали о выборах. She was talking of her trip. ≈ Она рассказывала о своем путешествии. to talk on a topic ≈ вести беседу на какую-л. тему to talk smb. into doing smth. ≈ убедить/уговорить кого-л. сделать что-л. to talk smb. out of doing smth. ≈ отговорить кого-л. делать что-л. I will talk to them about this problem. ≈ Я обсужу с ними этот вопрос. {to} talk bigхвастать(ся) {to} talk bawdy ≈ говорить непристойности б) вести переговоры в) заговорить( о допрашиваемом)
    2) читать, вести лекцию (on)
    3) а) болтать, трепать языком б) сплетничатьtalk about talk around talk at smb. talk away talk back talk big talk down talk down to talk into talk of talk on talk out talk out of talk over talk round talk to talk to the point talk up to talk big/large/tall разг. ≈ хвастать, бахвалиться to talk smb.'s head off, to talk a donkey's hind leg off разг. ≈ заговорить до смерти now you are talking! разг. ≈ вот сейчас ты говоришь дело! you can't talk разг. ≈ не тебе говорить, ты бы лучше помалкивал talk against time talk turkey разговор, беседа - straight * откровенный разговор, разговор начистоту - idle * пустой разговор - double * двусмысленный разговор - small * разговор о пустяках, светский /пустой/ разговор - she has no small * она не умеет поддерживать беседу - to meet for a good * встретиться и всласть поговорить - to engage smb. in *, to make a * начинать разговор, пытаться завязать беседу - to fall into * разговориться - to have a * with smb. поговорить с кем-л. - to start a * off in a different direction перевести разговор на другую тему - the * turned to economics разговор перешел на экономику (on, about) лекция, доклад, беседа - to give a * on disarmament прочитать лекцию о разоружении - the coach gave the team a * about the need for more team spirit тренер провел с командой беседу об усилении духа коллективизма пустой разговор, болтовня - to end in * кончиться одними словами, не пойти дальше разговоров - it's just *, it's mere * это одни слова - he's all * он вечно болтает - we want actions, not * нам нужны не слова, а дела разговоры, слухи;
    россказни;
    толки, молва - that will make * теперь пойдут разговоры /толки, слухи/, теперь разговоров не оберешься - there is * of a new invention ходят слухи о новом изобретении предмет толков, разговоров - it's the * of the town об этом толкует /говорит/ весь город, это у всех на устах - to risk * быть выше сплетен /молвы/, не бояться сплетен pl переговоры - informal *s неофициальные переговоры - summit /top-level/ *s переговоры на высшем уровне - peace *s переговоры о мире (разговорное) язык, диалект, жаргон - baby * детский язык - thieves's * воровской /блатной/ жаргон > all * and no cider (американизм) шуму много, а толку мало > that's the *! вот это дело!, вот это я понимаю! разговаривать, беседовать;
    говорить;
    общаться - to * about smb., smth. говорить о ком-л., чем-л. - to get oneself *ed about заставить говорить о себе - I know what I am *ing about я знаю, о чем говорю - to * of smth. говорить о чем-л.;
    упоминать о чем-л.;
    говорить о своем намерении - he *ed of /about/ going abroad он сказал, что собирается за границу;
    он упомянул о своем намерении поехать за границу - to * of one thing and another, to * of this and that поговорить /потолковать/ о том о сем - to * with smb. разговаривать с кем-л. - to * to smb. разговаривать с кем-л.;
    (разговорное) выговаривать кому-л., упрекать /бранить/ кого-л. - she has found smb. to * to она нашла себе собеседницу - to * to oneself говорить с самим собой;
    заговариваться - to * at smb. отпускать замечания на чей-л. счет /по чьему-л. адресу/ - to * by signs говорить /общаться/ с помощью знаков - to * in riddles говорить загадками - to * on a subject говорить на какую-л. тему - to * to the point говорить по существу - he didn't care to * ему не хотелось разговаривать - that's no way to *! так не разговаривают! - he likes to hear himself * он любит слушать (самого) себя говорить (что-л.) - to * sense /business/ говорить дело - to * nonsense говорить чепуху, нести /пороть/ чушь - to * politics говорить о политике - to * scandal распускать слухи, сплетничать - to * treason вести преступные разговоры;
    держать мятежные речи общаться при помощи звуковых сигналов, обладать способностью речи (о живых существах, отличных от человека) ;
    переговариваться - dolphins can * дельфины умеют говорить, у дельфинов есть язык - the birds were *ing loudly слышались громкие голоса птиц - ships were *ing to each other by wireless корабли переговаривались друг с другом по радио говорить - to * fluently говорить бегло - to learn to * учиться говорить - to * in one's sleep говорить во сне - stop *ing! перестаньте разговаривать! - I'll make you * ты у меня заговоришь, я заставлю тебя заговорить говорить на каком-л. языке - to * French говорить по-французски - to * dialect говорить на диалекте (on, about) проводить беседу - to * on discipline проводить беседу о дисциплине - to * on the radio on /about/ smth. выступать по радио( с беседой) о чем-л. (around, round) избегать существа дела;
    обсуждать, не касаясь, не доходя до существа дела;
    ходить вокруг да около, толочь воду в ступе - they *ed around the proposal for several hours они несколько часов обсуждали это предложение, но так ни до чего и не договорились (разговорное) болтать;
    говорить пустое - to * by the hour болтать без умолку, тараторить, трещать - to * small вести пустой /светский/ разговор, вести салонную беседу - to * big /large, tall/ хвастать, бахвалиться, важничать;
    врать с три короба - you * big послушать тебя - так ты все можешь распускать или распространять слухи, сплетничать;
    судачить, злословить - to * behind smb.'s back говорить за спиной у кого-л., судачить /злословить/ на чей-л. счет - the case gave people something to * about это дело дало обильную пищу для толков - people are beginning to * уже пошли разговоры /толки/ - the neighbours are sure to * соседи уж почешут языки доводить разговорами (до чего-л.) - to * oneself hoarse договориться до хрипоты;
    охрипнуть /сорвать голос/ от разговоров - I've *ed myself black in the face telling you! я тут надсаживаюсь, а ты и ухом не ведешь!;
    я уже посинел /охрип/, толкуя тебе об этом! - he *ed himself into trouble он чересчур много говорил и влип в неприятную историю убеждать, уговаривать - to * smb. into agreement вырвать согласие у кого-л. - to * smb. into taking the trip уговорить кого-л. предпринять поездку (разговорное) сообщать нужные сведения;
    доносить;
    "раскалываться" - the prisoner *ed to the police арестованный раскололся и все рассказал полиции - to make a prisoner * заставить арестованного заговорить, "расколоть" арестованного - his accomplices are afraid he'll * его сообщники боятся, как бы он не заговорил /что он их выдаст/ > *ing of (pictures) кстати, о ( картинах) > to * Greek /Hebrew, Double-Dutch, gibberish/ говорить непонятно /заумно/ > to * (cold) turkey( американизм) говорить дело, разговаривать по-деловому;
    говорить начистоту;
    выкладывать всю правду > to * against time говорить для того, чтобы выиграть время;
    стараться соблюсти регламент > to * through one's hat /through (the back of) one's neck/ нести чушь, говорить вздор, пороть чепуху > to * one's head /one's arm, a donkey's hind leg/ off, to * to death наговориться всласть /вволю/ > to * smb,'s head off, to * smb. to death замучить кого-л. разговорами, заговорить кого-л. до потери сознания /до смерти/ > to * horse хвастать, бахвалиться > how you *! рассказывай!, ври больше! > you can't * ты бы уж лучше помалкивал > now you're *ing! вот это дело!, вот это я понимаю!, вот это другой разговор! > * of the devil (and he will come /and he is sure to appear/) легок на помине > look who's *ing чья бы корова мычала ~ разговор;
    беседа;
    a heart-to-heart talk разговор по душам;
    to fall into talk разговориться to get oneself talked about заставить заговорить о себе;
    to talk politics говорить о политике ~ разговор;
    беседа;
    a heart-to-heart talk разговор по душам;
    to fall into talk разговориться to ~ (smb.'s) head off, to ~ a donkey's hind leg off разг. заговорить до смерти;
    how you talk! рассказывай!, ври больше! ~ слухи, толки;
    предмет разговоров, толков;
    it is the talk of the town об этом толкует весь город ~ пустой разговор, болтовня;
    it will end in talk это дальше разговоров не пойдет to ~ turkey амер. разг. говорить начистоту;
    now you are talking! разг. вот сейчас ты говоришь дело! sales ~ переговоры о продаже товара talk беседа ~ беседовать ~ болтать, говорить пустое ~ говорить;
    разговаривать (about, of - о чем-л.;
    with - с кем-л.) ;
    to talk English говорить по-английски ~ говорить ~ заговорить (о допрашиваемом) ;
    talk at говорить дурно( о ком-л.) в расчете на то, что он это услышит ~ лекция, беседа ~ лекция ~ pl переговоры ~ переговоры ~ пустой разговор, болтовня;
    it will end in talk это дальше разговоров не пойдет ~ разговаривать ~ разговор;
    беседа;
    a heart-to-heart talk разговор по душам;
    to fall into talk разговориться ~ разговор ~ слухи, толки;
    предмет разговоров, толков;
    it is the talk of the town об этом толкует весь город ~ сплетничать, распространять слухи ~ убеждать ~ уговаривать ~ читать лекцию (on) to ~ (smb.'s) head off, to ~ a donkey's hind leg off разг. заговорить до смерти;
    how you talk! рассказывай!, ври больше! to ~ against time говорить с целью выиграть время to ~ against time стараться уложиться в установленное время( об ораторе) ~ заговорить (о допрашиваемом) ;
    talk at говорить дурно (о ком-л.) в расчете на то, что он это услышит ~ attr. говорящий;
    talk film звуковой фильм ~ away заговориться, заболтаться;
    болтать без умолку;
    talk back возражать, дерзить ~ up говорить прямо и откровенно;
    to talk big (или large, tall) разг. хвастать, бахвалиться to ~ down (to smb.) говорить (с кем-л.) свысока;
    talk into уговорить, убедить;
    to talk (smb.) into doing (smth.) уговорить (кого-л.) (сделать что-л.) ~ down перекричать( кого-л.) ;
    заставить (кого-л.) замолчать ~ говорить;
    разговаривать (about, of - о чем-л.;
    with - с кем-л.) ;
    to talk English говорить по-английски ~ attr. говорящий;
    talk film звуковой фильм to ~ (smb.'s) head off, to ~ a donkey's hind leg off разг. заговорить до смерти;
    how you talk! рассказывай!, ври больше! to ~ down (to smb.) говорить (с кем-л.) свысока;
    talk into уговорить, убедить;
    to talk (smb.) into doing (smth.) уговорить (кого-л.) (сделать что-л.) to ~ down (to smb.) говорить (с кем-л.) свысока;
    talk into уговорить, убедить;
    to talk (smb.) into doing (smth.) уговорить (кого-л.) (сделать что-л.) to ~ oneself hoarse договориться до хрипоты ~ out выяснить( что-л.) в ходе беседы ~ out парл. затягивать прения с тем, чтобы отсрочить голосование;
    talk out of отговорить, разубедить ~ out исчерпать тему разговора ~ out парл. затягивать прения с тем, чтобы отсрочить голосование;
    talk out of отговорить, разубедить to ~ (smb.) out of doing (smth.) отговорить (кого-л.) (от чего-л.) ~ over обсудить (подробно) ~ over убедить to get oneself talked about заставить заговорить о себе;
    to talk politics говорить о политике ~ round говорить пространно, не касаясь существа дела ~ round переубедить( кого-л.) ;
    talk to выговаривать, бранить ~ round переубедить (кого-л.) ;
    talk to выговаривать, бранить to ~ turkey амер. разг. говорить дело, разговаривать по-деловому to ~ turkey амер. разг. говорить начистоту;
    now you are talking! разг. вот сейчас ты говоришь дело! turkey: ~ sl неудача, провал;
    Norfolk turkey житель Норфолка;
    to talk turkey амер. sl. говорить прямо, без обиняков ~ up говорить прямо и откровенно;
    to talk big (или large, tall) разг. хвастать, бахвалиться ~ up хвалить, расхваливать you can't ~ разг. не тебе говорить, ты бы лучше помалкивал

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > talk

  • 9 stand

    1. I
    1) the table won't stand, one leg is broken стол не стоит, у него одна ножка сломана; don't trouble yourself, I can stand не беспокойтесь, я могу постоять /я постою/; I didn't know where to stand я не знал, где стать; the audience stood and applauded публика встала и начала аплодировать; he was commanded to stand ему приказали встать /подняться/; let the milk (the tea, the liquid, etc.) stand пусть молоко и т.д. постоит /отстоится/; keep /leave/ smth. standing not a stone was left standing камня на камне не оставила; get smth. to stand поставить что-л.
    2) stand! croft!; who goes there? stand and be identified стой! кто идет?; all stand! всем встать!
    3) the words (the passage, this translation, etc.) may stand эти слова и т.д. могут остаться /можно оставить/ без изменений; the enemy would not stand противник не устоит /не выдержит/; how much of his philosophy will stand? что можно взять /применить/ из его философии?; the contract (the agreement, the order, the bet, the bargain, his resolution, etc.) stands контракт и т.д. остается в силе; the same objection stands это возражение остается /не снимается/; the rule against lateness will stand правило, запрещающее опаздывать, будет действовать и впредь || as, matters /affairs, things/ stand при таком /создавшемся/ положении вещей /дел/; the passage must be printed as it stands отрывок должен быть напечатан /следует напечатать/ без изменений /в таком виде, как он есть/; as it stands как есть; how much for it as it stands? сколько вы хотите за все?, сколько это стоит как есть?
    4) these colours will (do not) stand это (не)стойкие краски
    2. II
    1) stand in some manner stand erectly (/squarely/, courageously, obediently, meekly, wistfully, sullenly, haughtily, etc.) стоять прямо и т.д.; stand at ease (at attention) стоять вольно (смирно); stand still! не двигайтесь!, не шевелитесь!, стойте спокойно!; he could hardly stand он едва держался на ногах; stand side by side (shoulder to shoulder) стоять рядом /бок о бок/ (плечом к плечу); he stood by helplessly он беспомощно стоял в стороне; the door stood ajar дверь была приоткрыта; stand somewhere don't just stand there, do something! что же ты стоишь, сделай что-нибудь!; stand aside (away, outside, etc.) стоять в стороне и т, т.д.; stand aside to let her pass посторонитесь и дайте ей пройти; stand back! осади!; the house stands back from the road дом стоит далеко от дороги; stand back or you'll be crushed посторонитесь, a то задавят; stand back from the barrier отойди от барьера; а tree which stood by дерево, которое стояло неподалеку; the box stands over there ящик стоит вон там; stand for some time I've been standing all day я простоял [на ногах] весь день; we had to stand all the way нам пришлось простоять всю дорогу; the ruins still stand руины сохранились до сих пор; а tall poplar tree (a huge oak, a house, etc.) once stood here здесь когда-то стоял высокий тополь и т.д. ; the corn is still standing хлеб еще стоит /не убран/
    2) stand in some manner stand alone а) стоять /быть/ одному; б) не иметь сторонников; in this opinion I don't stand alone я не один [придерживаюсь] такого мнения; the matter stands thus дело обстоит следующим образом; as things now stand I'll have to quit my job при создавшемся /нынешнем/ положении вещей /если положение не изменится,/ мне придется уйти с работы; this is how I stand такова моя позиция;. I wish I knew where I stood я хотел бы знать, что со мной будет; how do matters stand? как обстоят дела?; how does the dollar stand? каков курс доллара?
    3. III
    1) stand smth. stand an attack (a blow, a siege, rough handling, the enemy's fire, a loss, a shock, a rigid examination, raillery, etc.) выдерживать /выносить/ атаку и т, т.д.; stand heat (the cold weather, a damp soil, noise, his professional attitude, criticism, etc.) выдерживать /выносить/ жару и т.д.; stand the test /the trial/ выдержать испытание; he'll have to stand trial он должен предстать перед судом; stand much washing (much rain, etc.) не портиться от частой стирки и т.д.; these boots stood a good deal of wear эти ботинки долго носились /видали виды/; his eyes are strong enough to stand the glare у него хорошие глаза, они вполне выдержат такой яркий свет; the house will stand another century дом простоит еще сто лет; how does he stand the pain? как он переносит боль?; his nerves couldn't stand the strain у него нервы не выдержали напряжения; I can stand a good deal but I won't have insolence я многое могу стерпеть, но наглости не потерплю; stand smb. usually in the negative I can't stand this woman (the fellow, his father, etc.) я не выношу /не терплю, терпеть не могу, не перевариваю/ эту женщину и т.д.
    2) stand smth. stand six feet быть ростом в шесть футов; the score stood 18 to 14 счет был 18:14
    3) stand smth. stand drinks (ice-cream, dinner, etc.) угощать вином и т.д.; who is going to stand treat? кто угощает?
    4) stand smb. stand sentry /sentinel/ (model, umpire, etc.) быть часовым /стоять на часах/ и т.д.; stand godfather (godmother, etc.) выступать в роли крестного отца /быть крестным отцом/ и т.д.
    4. IV
    1) stand smth. somewhere stand the lamp over there (the box here, etc.) поставьте лампу туда и т.д.
    2) stand smth., smb. for some time usually in the negative I can't stand it any longer я этого больше не выдержу, я больше не могу этого терпеть; I can't stand the man another day я не вынесу этого человека ни одного лишнего дня; she stood the shock well она мужественно перенесла этот удар
    5. V
    stand smb. smth. coll. stand one's friend a dinner (you a drink, us champagne, etc.) угощать друга обедом и т.д.
    6. X
    stand in some state stand ashamed (confused, abashed, bewildered, dishonoured, etc.) испытывать стыд и т.д.; stand uncovered стоять без головного убора, снять шапку; he stands accused of a crime его обвиняют в преступлении; he stands convicted of treachery его признали виновным в измене; you may stand assured of his protection можете рассчитывать на его защиту, можете быть уверенным в его покровительстве; stand indebted to this man быть обязанным этому человеку; stand unrivalled не иметь соперников; stand corrected признавать справедливость замечаний /свои ошибки/
    7. XI
    be stood somewhere if he does it again he will be stood in the corner если он еще раз так сделает, его поставят в угол
    8. XIII
    stand to do smth. stand to win /to gain/ (to be saved, etc.) иметь [все] шансы /все основания/ выиграть и т.д.; how much do you stand to lose? сколько вы при этом можете потерять?; what does he stand to lose? чем он рискует?; we stand to lose nothing мы ничего не теряем
    9. XIV
    stand doing smth.
    1) stand bowing (wondering, gazing at the scene, looking at me, looking over my shoulder, etc.) стоять и кланяться и т.д.; don't stand there arguing about it что вы стоите и спорите?; I am tired of standing here [and] waiting мне надоело тут стоять и ждать
    2) usually in the negative with can; I can't stand waiting (writing letters, taking care of kids, etc.) я не выношу /терпеть не могу/ ждать и т.д.; she can't stand being kept waiting (being looked at, being laughed at, being talked back at, etc.) она терпеть не может /не выносит/, когда ее заставляют ждать и т.д.
    10. XV
    1) stand silent (still, upright /erect/, close to smth., next to me, etc.) стоять молча и т.д.; stand straight, don't stoop стойте прямо, не горбитесь; the door stands open дверь открыта; the table (the wall, etc.) stands firm стол и т.д. устойчив /крепко стоит/ и т.д.
    2) stand firm стойко держаться; stand firm on the ground крепко стоять на ногах; stand firm in one's views иметь твердые убеждения; stand fast to one's resolution не отступать от своего решения; stand neutral сохранять нейтралитет, оставаться нейтральным; stand idle ничего не делать; the factory is standing idle фабрика не работает /простаивает/; stand ready быть наготове; he stood ready to run он был готов пуститься бежать; stand ready for anything быть готовым ко всему: stand high высоко цениться; stand high in one's class (in a competitive examination, in one's profession, etc.) быть одним из первых /лучших, ведущих/ в классе и т.д.; stand high in public esteem пользоваться всеобщим уважением; stand high in the opinion of /with/ his chief быть на хорошем счету у начальства; food (meat, corn, etc.) stands high (higher than ever) цены на продукты и т.д. высокие (выше, чем когда-либо); stand first on the list (second in his class, third in the line for promotion, etc.) быть первым в списке и т.д.; stand second to none никому не уступать, быть первым
    11. XVI
    1) stand by (against, in, etc.) smth. stand by the window (against a wall, before me, in the corner, in the doorway, in the middle of the table, etc.) стоять у окна и т.д.; the house (the building, the cottage, the chapel, etc.) stands in a garden (by the river, at the foot of a hill, etc.) дом и т.д. расположен /находится/ в саду и т.д.; don't stand in the rain (in the sun) не стойте под дождем /на дожде/ (на солнце); I hate standing in queues я ненавижу стоять в очередях; tears stood in her eyes у нее в глазах стояли слезы; stand in smb.'s way стоять у кого-л. на дороге, мешать кому-л.; stand out of the way не мешать, посторониться, уйти с дороги; the truck stood in their way грузовик загораживал им дорогу; nothing now stands in our way ничто больше нам не мешает; nothing stands between you and success ничто не мешает твоему успеху; stand without support стоять без опоры; stand on smth., smb. the vase stands on the top shelf ваза стоит на верхней полке; he stood on my foot (on the beetle, etc.) он наступил мне на ногу и т.д.; stand on tiptoe стоять на цыпочках; Paris stands on the Seine Париж стоит на Сене; sweat stood on his forehead у него на лбу были /проступили/ капли пота; his hair stood on end [with fright] [от страха] у него волосы встали дыбом; stand for some time the castle (the old house, etc.) has stood for centuries замок и т.д. простоял века; the walls are still standing after the fire стены уцелели после пожара; he has stood many years against storm and earthquake много лет он выдерживал бури и землетрясения; let the mixture stand for three hours оставьте смесь постоять /пусть смесь постоит/ три часа
    2) stand at (below, among) smth. stand at the head of his class быть лучшим в классе; stand below smb. in class уступать кому-л. в своем классе; it stands among the first four universities of the world это один из четырех лучших университетов мира; stand alone among one's colleagues (among one's contemporaries, etc.) выделяться среди своих коллег и т.д.; stand over smb. he stood over me all the time I was working он все время стоял у меня над душой, пока я работал; he won't work unless someone stands over him он не будет работать, если над ним никто не стоит; stand by smb. stand by one's friends (by you whatever happens, by him to the last, etc.) быть на стороне /не бросать, поддерживать/ своих друзей и т.д.; I'll always stand by you in case of trouble я всегда готов помочь вам, если вы попадете в беду; stand by smth. stand by an agreement (by one's promise, by one's principles, by one's word,-etc.) придерживаться /не отступать от/ договора и т.д.; I stand by all I said then я верен тому, что тогда сказал; stand (up)on /by/ smth. stand on one's rights (on one's claims, by one's decision, etc.) настаивать на сваях правах и т.д.; western civilization stands upon the foundation reared by the Greeks and the Romans западная культура зиждется на фундаменте, созданном древними греками и римлянами; the case,-s on his testimony все дело основывается /зиждется/ на его показаниях /зависит от его показаний/; we stand on the threshold of a peace settlement мы находимся накануне /на пороге/ мирного урегулирования; stand for smth. stand for loyalty (for liberty, for freedom and justice, for racial tolerance, for reform, for the same principles, etc.) выступать за верность /в защиту верности/ и т.д.; it's difficult to know just what he stands for трудно, собственно, понять, каких он придерживается убеждений /каковы его убеждения/; stand on one's own feet /on one's own legs/ стоять на [собственных] ногах; ни от кого не зависеть; stand with smb. stand well with one's employers быть на хорошем счету у руководства; how does it stand with him? как он к этому относится?; stand in smth. where /how/ do we stand in the matter? какова наша позиция в этом вопросе? || stand in the same relation to her (to his father, to both parties, etc.) находиться /быть/ в одинаковых /равных, таких же/ отношениях с ней и т.д.
    3) stand for smth. stand for "adjective" (for "postscript", for "cash on delivery", etc.) обозначать прилагательное и т.д.; i stands for "pound" знак i обозначает фунт стерлингов; what do these letters stand for? что означают /как расшифровываются/ эти буквы?; the olive branch stands for peace ветвь оливкового дерева символизирует мир; black stands for mourning черный цвет stand знак траура; in their code each number stands for a letter в их шифре каждой букве соответствует цифра
    4) stand at smth. the score stands at 3:4 счет 3:4; the thermometer stands at 40 " in the shade термометр показывает сорок градусов в тени; the balance stands at i 50 итог равен пятидесяти фунтам
    5) stand for smth. usually in the negative or interrogative I won't stand for that (for any nonsense, for this treatment, etc.) я этого и т.д. не потерплю; 1 don't have to stand for such insolence я не обязан терпеть /переносить/ такое нахальство; how can you stand for his insolence? как вы можете терпеть его наглость?
    6) stand for smth. stand for Parliament (for the presidency, for election, for re-election to Congress, etc.) баллотироваться /выдвигать кандидатуру/ в парламент и т.д.
    7) semiaux || stand in need of smth. нуждаться в чем-л.; stand in need of help (of food and clothing, of money, of sleep, 'of instruction, of continual watering, of relief from one's sorrows, etc.) нуждаться в немощи и т.д.; the house stands in need of repair дом необходимо отремонтировать; stand in fear /in dread/ of smth., smb. бояться /страшиться/ чего-л., кого-л.; stand in awe of smth., smb. благоговеть перед чем-л., кем-л.; he stood in danger of being killed ему грозила опасность быть убитым; stand in contrast to smb., smth. резко отличаться от кого-л., чего-л.; stand on ceremony with smb. соблюдать условности в отношениях с кем-л.; he stands on terms of friendship with him он с ним [находится] в дружеских отношениях
    12. XX1
    stand as smb. stand as a sentinel стоять на посту, быть часовым; stand as candidate for the presidency (as Labour Candidate, as sponsor for him, etc.) выступать в качестве кандидата на пост президента и т.д.; stand as smth. stand as a description (as a type of British humour, etc.) представлять собой описание и т.д.
    13. XXI1
    1) stand smth., smb. in (by, on, etc.) smth. stand a chair in a corner (the armchair by the lamp, the box against the wall, the bottle on the table, the empty barrels on the floor, him-against the wall, etc.) поставить стул в угол и т.д.; stand some distance from smth. stand 15 yards from the road (10 feet from the ground, etc.) стоять в пятнадцати ярдах от дороги и т.д.
    2) abs stand six feet in his socks (in his shoes) он шести футов ростом; stand a giant among them он среди них великан
    3) stand smth. to smb. stand wine (a bottle, a treat, etc.) to the company угощать компанию вином и т.д., выставить вино и т.д. для всей компании
    4) stand smb. to /for/ smb. stand godfather (godmother) to the child быть крестным отцом (крестной матерью) ребенку; stand sponsor for him быть его покровителем
    14. XXV
    stand when... (till..., etc.) he stood when she entered the room он встал, когда она вошла в комнату; I stood there till I was tired я стоял там до тех пор, пока не устал

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > stand

  • 10 señor

    adj.
    mister, Mr., Mr.
    m.
    1 gentleman, lord, gent.
    2 sir, mister.
    3 Lord.
    4 master.
    * * *
    1 (noble) distinguished, noble
    2 familiar fine
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (hombre) man, gentleman; (mujer) woman, lady
    2 (amo - hombre) master; (- mujer) mistress
    4 (tratamiento - hombre) sir; (- mujer) madam, US ma'am
    buenos días, señora good morning, madam
    el Sr. Rodríguez Mr Rodríguez
    1 RELIGIÓN the Lord
    1 good Lord!
    \
    ser todo un señor / ser toda una señora to be a real gentleman / be a real lady
    ¡señoras y señores! ladies and gentlemen!
    el señor de la casa / la señora de la casa the gentleman of the house / the lady of the house
    Nuestro Señor / Nuestra Señora Our Lord / Our Lady
    señor feudal feudal lord
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) sir
    3) owner, master
    5) lord
    * * *
    señor, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) * [antes de sustantivo] [uso enfático] great big *
    2) (=libre) free, at liberty

    eres muy señor de hacerlo si quieresyou're quite free o at liberty to do so if you want

    2. SM / F
    1) (=persona madura) man o más frm gentleman/lady

    ha venido un señor preguntando por tithere was a man o más frm a gentleman here asking for you

    2) (=dueño) [de tierras] owner; [de criado, esclavo] master/mistress

    ¿está la señora? — is the lady of the house in?

    3) [fórmula de tratamiento]
    a) [con apellido] Mr/Mrs

    los señores Centeno y Sánchez tuvieron que irse antesfrm Messrs Centeno and Sánchez had to leave early frm

    b) * [con nombre de pila]

    buenos días, señor Mariano — [a Mariano Ruiz] good morning, Mr Ruiz

    la señora María es de mi pueblo[hablando de María Ruiz] Mrs Ruiz is from my village

    c) [hablando directamente] sir/madam

    no se preocupe señor — don't worry, sir

    ¿qué desea la señora? — [en tienda] can I help you, madam?; [en restaurante] what would you like, madam?

    ¡oiga, señora! — excuse me, madam!

    ¡señoras y señores! — ladies and gentlemen!

    d) [con nombre de cargo o parentesco]

    sí, señor juez — yes, my Lord

    e) frm [en correspondencia]

    señor director[en carta a periódico] Dear Sir

    4) [uso enfático]

    pues sí señor, así es como pasó — yes indeed, that's how it happened

    ¡no señor, ahora no te vas! — oh no, you're not going anywhere yet!

    señora
    5) [en letrero]
    3. SM
    1) ( Hist) lord
    2) (Rel)
    * * *
    I
    - ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    1)
    a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

    te busca un señorthere's a man o gentleman looking for you

    señoras — ladies, women

    b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady
    2) (dueño, amo)

    el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

    3) (Relig)
    a) Señor masculino Lord

    Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

    b) Señora femenino
    4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs
    b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

    Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

    muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

    Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

    los señores han salidoMr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

    ¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

    no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

    no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going

    •• Cultural note:
    Señor/Señora/Señorita
    Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers
    * * *
    = master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].
    Ex. But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.
    Ex. My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex. These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.
    ----
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * señor feudal = suzerain.
    * * *
    I
    - ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    1)
    a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

    te busca un señorthere's a man o gentleman looking for you

    señoras — ladies, women

    b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady
    2) (dueño, amo)

    el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

    3) (Relig)
    a) Señor masculino Lord

    Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

    b) Señora femenino
    4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs
    b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

    Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

    muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

    Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

    los señores han salidoMr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

    ¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

    no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

    no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going

    •• Cultural note:
    Señor/Señora/Señorita
    Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers
    * * *
    = master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].

    Ex: But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.

    Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex: These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * señor feudal = suzerain.

    * * *
    (uso enfático): ha conseguido un señor puesto she's got herself a really good job
    fue una señora fiesta it was some party o quite a party! ( colloq)
    2
    (libre): eres muy señor de hacer lo que quieras you're completely free to do as you like
    señor2 - ñora Señor/Señora/Señorita (↑ señora a1)
    A
    1 (persona adulta) ( masculine) man, gentleman; ( feminine) lady
    te busca un señor there's a man o gentleman looking for you
    la señora del último piso the lady who lives on the top floor
    peluquería de señoras ladies' hairdresser's
    la señora de la limpieza the cleaning lady
    [ S ] señoras ladies, women
    tiene 20 años pero se viste muy de señora she's only 20 but she dresses a lot older
    2 (persona distinguida) ( masculine) gentleman; ( feminine) lady
    es todo un señor he's a real gentleman
    tiene ínfulas de gran señora she gives herself airs and graces, she fancies herself as some sort of lady ( BrE)
    Compuesto:
    feminine companion
    B
    (dueño, amo): el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house ( frml)
    los vasallos debían fidelidad a sus señores ( Hist) the vassals owed allegiance to their lords
    a la señora le pareció mal ( iró); Madam o her ladyship didn't like the idea ( iro)
    Compuesto:
    masculine feudal lord
    C ( Relig)
    1
    recibir al Señor to receive the body of Christ
    Dios, nuestro Señor the Lord God
    Nuestro Señor Jesucristo our Lord Jesus Christ
    nuestro hermano que ahora descansa or duerme en el Señor our brother who is now at peace
    2
    D
    1
    saludos a tu señora give my regards to your wife
    la señora de Jaime está muy enferma Jaime's wife is very ill
    2
    buenas tardes, Señor López good afternoon, Mr López
    Señora de Luengo, ¿quiere pasar? would you go in please, Mrs/Ms Luengo?
    ¿avisaste a la señora (de) Fuentes? did you tell Mrs/Ms Fuentes?
    los señores de Paz Mr and Mrs Paz
    ya tenemos en nuestras manos los documentos enviados por los señores Gómez y López ( frml); we have now received the documents from Messrs. Gómez and López ( frml)
    2
    (uso popular, con nombres de pila): ¿cómo está, Señora Cristina? ≈ how are you Mrs Fuentes?, ≈ how are you, Mrs F? ( colloq)
    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel no está ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López is not at home
    3 ( frml)
    (con otros sustantivos): el señor alcalde no podrá asistir the mayor will not be able to attend
    salude a su señor padre/señora madre de mi parte ( ant); please convey my respects to your father/mother ( dated)
    Señor Director ( Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir ( frml)
    4 ( frml)
    (sin mencionar el nombre): perdón, señor/señora, ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?
    pase señor/señora come in, please
    señoras y señores ladies and gentlemen
    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? will you take that one, Madam? ( frml)
    muy señor mío/señores míos ( Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs
    Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?
    los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz are not at home
    ¿el señor/la señora va a cenar en casa? will you be dining in this evening, sir/madam? ( frml)
    5
    (uso enfático): ¿y lo pagó él? — pues sí, señor you mean he paid for it? — he did indeed o ( colloq) he sure did
    no, señor/señora, no fue así oh, no! that's not what happened
    no, señor, no pienso prestárselo there's no way I'm going to lend it to him
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    Señor    
    señor
    señor
    ◊ - ñora sustantivo masculino, femenino

    1

    (f) lady;


    (f) lady;

    2 (dueño, amo):
    el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    3 (Relig)
    a)

    Señor sustantivo masculino

    Lord
    b)

    Señora sustantivo femenino: Nuestra Sseñora de Montserrat Our Lady of Montserrat

    4
    señora sustantivo femenino ( esposa) wife

    5 ( tratamiento de cortesía)
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr;

    (f) Mrs;

    b) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos):


    Sseñor Director (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?;

    muy señor mío/señores míos (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs;
    Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?;
    los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home
    señor sustantivo masculino
    1 (hombre) man, gentleman
    2 sir (en inglés británico indica una posición social inferior) señor, se le ha caído la cartera, excuse me, you have dropped your wallet 3 señoras y señores, ladies and gentlemen
    4 (tratamiento) Mr: ha llegado el Sr. Gómez, Mr Gómez is here
    el señor presidente está reunido, the President is in a meeting
    5 (en correspondencia) estimado señor, Dear Sir
    6 Hist lord
    7 Rel El Señor, the Lord
    8 (persona respetable) es todo un señor y no hace caso de habladurías, he doesn't pay the slightest bit of attention to idle chatter, he's a real gentleman
    9 familiar (grande, importante) el joven principiante se ha convertido en un señor actor, the inexperienced young actor has become a star
    Recuerda que no se usa Mr o Mrs solo con el nombre de pila, excepto cuando un "criado" está hablando con su "señor". En todo caso debes decir Mr Miguel más el apellido o Mr más el apellido. La misma regla se aplica también a Mrs y Ms.
    ' señor' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abierta
    - abierto
    - ama
    - amo
    - audiencia
    - caballero
    - de
    - don
    - estimada
    - estimado
    - Excemo.
    - Excmo.
    - N. S.
    - señora
    - señorita
    - señorito
    - Sr.
    - el
    - encantado
    - mío
    - parte
    - rogar
    English:
    dear
    - esquire
    - follow-up
    - gent
    - lord
    - master
    - mister
    - Mr
    - Mrs
    - Ms
    - outstanding
    - sir
    - worship
    - Epiphany
    - gentleman
    - squire
    * * *
    señor, -ora
    adj
    1. [refinado] noble, refined
    2. Fam [antes de sustantivo] [gran] real;
    [excelente] wonderful, splendid;
    tienen una señora casa/un señor problema that's some house/problem they've got
    nm
    1. [tratamiento] [antes de apellido, nombre, cargo] Mr;
    el señor López Mr López;
    los señores Ruiz Mr and Mrs Ruiz;
    ¿están los señores (Ruiz) en casa? are Mr and Mrs Ruiz in?;
    dile al señor Miguel que gracias say thanks to Miguel from me;
    ¡señor presidente! Mr President!;
    el señor director les atenderá enseguida the manager will see you shortly
    2. [tratamiento] [al dirigir la palabra] Sir;
    pase usted, señor do come in, do come in, Sir;
    ¡oiga señor, se le ha caído esto! excuse me! you dropped this;
    señores, debo comunicarles algo gentlemen, there's something I have to tell you;
    ¿qué desea el señor? what would you like, Sir?;
    sí, señor yes, Sir;
    Muy señor mío, Estimado señor [en cartas] Dear Sir;
    Muy señores míos [en cartas] Dear Sirs
    3. [hombre] man;
    llamó un señor preguntando por ti there was a call for you from a man;
    el señor de la carnicería the man from the butcher's;
    en el club sólo dejaban entrar a (los) señores they only let men into the club;
    un señor mayor an elderly gentleman;
    señores [en letrero] men, gents
    4. [caballero] gentleman;
    es todo un señor he's a real gentleman;
    vas hecho un señor con ese traje you look like a real gentleman in that suit
    5. [dueño] owner;
    Formal
    ¿es usted el señor de la casa? are you the head of the household?
    6. Formal [de criado, esclavo] master
    7. [noble, aristócrata] lord
    Hist señor feudal feudal lord;
    8. [en religión]
    el Señor the Lord;
    Nuestro Señor Our Lord;
    ¡Señor, ten piedad! Lord, have mercy upon us!
    9. [indica énfasis]
    sí señor, eso fue lo que ocurrió yes indeed, that's exactly what happened;
    ¡sí señor, así se habla! excellent, that's what I like to hear!;
    no señor, estás muy equivocado oh no, you're completely wrong;
    a mí no me engañas, no señor you can't fool ME
    interj
    Good Lord!;
    ¡Señor, qué manera de llover! Good Lord, look how it's raining!
    * * *
    m Lord
    * * *
    1) : gentleman m, man m, lady f, woman f, wife f
    2) : Sir m, Madam f
    estimados señores: Dear Sirs
    3) : Mr. m, Mrs. f
    4) : lord m, lady f
    el Señor: the Lord
    * * *
    1. (hombre) man [pl. men]
    ¿quién es ese señor? who's that man?
    sí, señor yes, sir

    Spanish-English dictionary > señor

  • 11 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 12 время от времени

    1. occasionally
    2. every now and again

    время от времени; иногда — now and then, every now and then

    3. every now and then

    во времена — in the days of, in the time of

    4. off and on
    5. from time to time
    6. from time-to-time

    с сего числа, с настоящего времениas from now

    7. now and again
    8. now and then
    9. on and again
    10. time after time
    Синонимический ряд:
    иногда (проч.) временами; иногда; от времени до времени; по временам; порой

    Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > время от времени

  • 13 talk

    [tɔːk] 1. гл.
    1)
    а) говорить, разговаривать, вести беседу

    to talk bluntly / candidly / frankly / freely / fluently — говорить открыто, свободно, искренне, бегло

    to talk loud(ly) / talk openly — во весь голос, открыто, громогласно заявлять о чём-л.

    to need smb. to talk to — иметь потребность в собеседнике

    to talk on a topic / subject — говорить, вести беседу на какую-л. тему

    to talk of one thing and another, to talk of this and that — говорить, толковать о том о сём

    to talk sense / business / амер. shop — говорить дело

    She has found somebody to talk to. — Она нашла, с кем поговорить.

    They were talking about the elections. — Они разговаривали о выборах.

    She was talking of her trip. — Она рассказывала о своём путешествии.

    I will talk to them about this problem. — Я обсужу с ними этот вопрос.

    It is talked of placing me into asylum. — Речь идет о том, чтобы упечь меня в психушку.

    She surely got herself talked about. — Она, разумеется, заставила всех говорить о себе.

    I didn't / couldn't care to talk. — Мне не хотелось разговаривать.

    б) вести переговоры, совместно и официально обсуждать (что-л.)

    The both parts were talking about the crisis of overproduction. — Обе стороны говорили о кризисе перепроизводства.

    Syn:

    The lecturer talked on youth drug problems. — Лектор говорил о проблеме молодёжи и наркотиков.

    Syn:

    Ships usually talk to each other by wireless. — Корабли обычно переговариваются друг с другом по радио.

    The ships were talking on the river. — На реке были слышны корабли.

    Syn:
    converse I 2.
    2)
    а) говорить на (каком-л. языке, диалекте)
    б) говорить (издавать какие-л. звуки)

    to talk in one's sleep — бормотать, говорить во сне

    The water bubbles talked so noisily. — Пузыри на воде громко лопались.

    Dolphins were talking their own dolphin talk. — Дельфины говорили на своём дельфиньем языке.

    We could certainly hear the birds talking throughout the forest. — Мы, конечно же, слышали голоса птиц, которые разносились по всему лесу.

    Syn:
    3)
    а) болтать, трепать языком; пустословить

    to talk big / large / tall / horse — хвастать, важничать

    to talk by the hour — тараторить, трещать; болтать без умолку, чесать языком

    to talk small — вести пустой разговор, салонную беседу

    to talk nonsense — говорить чепуху, полную ерунду

    Syn:
    prate 2.
    б) = talk about сплетничать, судачить, злословить, распространять слухи

    to talk behind smb.'s back — говорить за спиной у кого-л., за глаза; злословить на чей-л. счёт

    to talk scandal / treason — распускать слухи, сплетничать / вести преступные разговоры

    Let them talk. — Пусть себе болтают.

    My wife's cheating on me gave people something to talk about. — Измены моей женушки дали пищу для толков и пересудов.

    People were beginning to talk about new head officer's perversions and addictions. — Уже пошли толки об извращениях и пристрастиях нового директора.

    Everybody is sure to talk now. — Да, теперь-то везде пойдут слухи.

    Syn:
    gossip 2.
    4) разг. признаваться, расколоться, заговорить ( о допрашиваемом)

    Do you think the prisoners will talk? — Ты думаешь, заключённый расколется?

    Syn:
    5) выговориться; наговориться, договориться (до какого-л. состояния)

    to talk oneself sick / hoarse — договориться до болезненного состояния / хрипоты

    It seemed you talked yourself into trouble - getting this bullet right into your stomach. — Похоже, что ты, наконец, дотрепался и получил пулю в живот.

    6) (talk about / off) начать поговаривать о (чём-л.), (начать) размышлять о (чём-л.), подумывать о (чём-л.)

    Are you still talking about moving to another city, or have you made up your minds? — Вы все ещё подумываете о том, чтобы переехать в другой город или вы уже окончательно решились?

    7) ( talk into) уговорить (кого-л.) сделать (что-л.)

    I don't think Father is willing to lend us the car tomorrow, but I'll see if I can talk him into it. — Не думаю, что отец горит желанием дать нам машину на завтра, но я попробую уговорить его.

    - talk around
    - talk round
    - talk away
    - talk back
    - talk big
    - talk down
    - talk out
    - talk over
    - talk profusely
    - talk scandal
    - talk smut
    - talk through
    - talk to the point
    - talk up
    ••

    to talk Greek / Hebrew / Double-Dutch / gibberish — говорить по-турецки, на тарабарщине, на непонятном языке

    to talk smb.'s head off — заговорить кого-л. до потери сознания, замучать разговорами

    to talk a good game, to talk a great ball game — амер. красиво говорить, мягко стелить

    to talk oneself black in the face — говорить до посинения, позеленения

    to talk one's head / one's arm, a donkey's hind leg, arse / off — наговориться вволю, всласть

    to talk through one's hat / through (the back of) one's neck — говорить или нести вздор, пороть чепуху

    to talk bullshit / crap / nuts — разг. нести ахинею, пороть чушь

    to talk big / large / tall — разг. хвастать, бахвалиться

    talk of the devil (and he will come / and he is sure to appear) — лёгок на помине

    Look who's talking. — Чья бы корова мычала.

    You can't talk. — разг. Не тебе говорить, ты бы лучше помалкивал

    That was beer talking. — Это я под хмельком от пива сболтнул лишнего. ( реплика извинения за высказанную грубость или резкость)

    - talk against time
    - talk cold turkey
    - talk turkey
    2. сущ.
    1)
    а) разговор; диалог; беседа

    heart-to-heart / loose / pep talk — разговор по душам / свободная, раскованная / живая беседа

    blunt / plain / straight talk — прямой разговор, разговор без обиняков

    to lead an idle / intimate / disjointed / small / double talk — вести пустой / интимный / бессвязный / пустячный / двусмысленный разговор

    to engage smb. in talk, make a talk, fall into a talk — завязать беседу, начинать разговор, разговориться

    The talk turned to sports. — Разговор перешёл на спортивную тему.

    I think it's time we had a talk. — Я думаю, нам пора поговорить.

    She had a long talk with him about his work. — Она долго говорила с ним о его работе.

    We fell into a plain talk. — Мы с ней поговорили начистоту.

    It seemed they met for a good talk. — Казалось, они встретились, чтобы всласть потрепаться.

    - tall talk
    - sweet talk
    - walk the talk
    Syn:
    б) ( talks) переговоры; обсуждение

    high-level / top-level / summit talks — переговоры на высшем уровне

    to conduct / hold talk — вести переговоры

    to break off talk — срывать переговоры, внезапно прекращать переговоры

    talks about talksпредварительное обсуждение (предмета переговоров и т. п.)

    Syn:

    I was given this usual talk on bringing up children subject. — Мне прочитали обычную в таких случаях лекцию по вопросам воспитания детей.

    Syn:
    3)
    а) пустой разговор, пустословие; болтовня, трёп

    It will end in talk. — Дальше разговоров дело не пойдёт.

    It's just / mere talk. — Это так, трёп один.

    Don't give me that never-smoke-again crap talk and all. — Хватит тут заливать мне про то, что больше не будешь курить и прочее.

    Enough of these ill grandma talks. — Хватит уже историй про больную бабушку.

    We need no talk here, show us what you can do. — Мы сюда не трепаться пришли - покажи, на что ты способен.

    idle talk — пустословие, болтовня

    б) вода, переливание из пустого в порожнее ( о бессодержательном или небрежно написанном тексте)
    Syn:
    4)
    а) молва; толки, слухи; россказни

    There is talk of her resigning. — Поговаривают о том, что она уходит в отставку.

    He was a man of principle and risked talk. — Он был человеком принципа и не боялся сплетен.

    Syn:
    б) предмет разговоров, толков, сплетен

    She was the talk of the whole town. — О ней судачил весь город.

    His receiving Nobel Prize will make talk. — Теперь, когда он получил Нобелевскую премию, о нём будут много говорить.

    Syn:
    5) разг. диалект, жаргон; язык, речь

    thieves' talk — воровской, блатной язык

    Stop that baby talk!разг. Перестань сюсюкать! Говори серьёзно!

    Syn:
    ••

    all talk and no ciderамер. много шуму, мало толку

    that's the talk! — вот это дело!, вот это я понимаю!

    talk(ing) shopразг. говорильня (о правительстве, парламенте, особенно о Палате общин)

    talk-masterамер.; разг. ведущий теле- или радио- ток-шоу

    Англо-русский современный словарь > talk

  • 14 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 15 к тому времени

    Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > к тому времени

  • 16 monde

    monde [mɔ̃d]
    masculine noun
       a. world
    où va le monde ? whatever is the world coming to?
    envoyer or expédier qn dans l'autre monde to send sb to meet his (or her) maker
    c'est le monde à l'envers ! whatever next!
    le monde est petit ! it's a small world!
    c'est un monde ! (inf) it's just not right!
    musique/cuisine du monde world music/food
    pas le moins du monde ! not at all!
    ce village, c'est le bout du monde that village is in the middle of nowhere
    ce n'est pas le bout du monde ! ( = ce n'est rien) it won't kill you!
       b. ( = gens) est-ce qu'il y a du monde ? ( = quelqu'un) is there anybody there? ; ( = foule) are there many people there?
    il y a du monde ( = des gens) there are some people there ; ( = foule) there's quite a crowd
    il y avait un monde fou ! (inf) the place was packed!
       c. ( = milieu social) set
    le monde ( = la bonne société) society
    * * *
    mɔ̃d
    nom masculin
    1) gén world

    aller or voyager de par le monde, parcourir le monde — to travel the world

    c'est le bout du monde!, c'est au bout du monde! — it's in the back of beyond!

    ce n'est pas le bout du monde!fig it' s not such a big deal!

    elle n'est plus de ce mondeeuph she's no longer with us euph

    quand je ne serai plus de ce mondeeuph when I have departed this world

    je n'étais pas encore au monde — I wasn't yet born; grand

    2) ( milieu) world

    un monde nous sépare — we are worlds apart; nouveau

    3) ( gens) people

    j'ai du monde ce soir — (colloq) I'm having people round GB ou over US tonight

    4) ( bonne société) society

    le beau or grand monde — high society

    ••

    c'est un monde! — (colloq) that's a bit much!

    * * *
    mɔ̃d nm
    1) (= planète) world
    2) (= bonne société)

    femme du monde — socialite, society woman

    3) (= milieu) world
    4) (= gens)

    beaucoup de monde — many people, a lot of people

    Il y avait beaucoup de monde au concert. — There were a lot of people at the concert.

    peu de monde — not many people, few people

    * * *
    monde nm
    1 ( terre) world; l'homme le plus grand/le plus riche du monde the tallest/the wealthiest man in the world; ce sont les meilleurs amis du monde they are the best of friends; expliquer le plus calmement/logiquement du monde que to explain quite calmly/logically that; pas le moins du monde not in the least ou slightest; si vous êtes le moins du monde soucieux if you are (in) the least bit worried; s'il souffrait le moins du monde if he felt any pain at all ou the slightest pain; se porter le mieux du monde to be fine; au monde gén on earth, in the world; personne/rien au monde ne la fera changer d'avis she won't change her mind for anybody/anything; pour rien au monde il ne raterait le match he wouldn't miss the match for anything; dans le monde entier all over the world; à travers le monde throughout the world; aller or voyager de par le monde liter, parcourir le monde to travel the world; il irait jusqu'au bout du monde pour la retrouver he would go to the ends of the earth to find her again; c'est le bout du monde!, c'est au bout du monde! it's miles from anywhere!, it's in the back of beyond!; mon père habite à l'autre bout du monde my father lives halfway around the world; ce n'est pas le bout du monde! fig it's not such a big deal!; comme le monde est petit! it's a small world!; ⇒ métier;
    2 ( société humaine) world; la faim/paix dans le monde world famine/peace; être les premiers au monde à faire to be the first in the world to do; vouloir refaire le monde to want to change the world ; être ouvert sur le monde to be aware of what is going on in the world; se retirer du monde to withdraw from the world; à la face du monde for all the world to see;
    3 ( ici-bas) les biens de ce monde worldly goods; en ce bas monde here below; l'autre monde the next world, the world to come; elle n'est plus de ce monde euph she's no longer with us euph; quand je ne serai plus de ce monde euph when I have departed this world; la perfection n'est pas de ce monde there is no such thing as perfection; le monde des vivants the land of the living; je n'étais pas encore au monde I wasn't yet born; ⇒ grand;
    4 (microcosme, section) world; le monde du travail/des idées the world of work/of ideas; le monde arabe/médical the Arab/medical world; le monde libre the free world; le monde moderne the modern world; le monde animal the animal kingdom; ils ne sont pas du même monde ( milieu) they are from different social backgrounds; c'est un monde à part it's a completely different world; cet événement marqua la fin d'un monde this event marked the end of an era; ⇒ ancien;
    5 ( gens) people; il y a du monde ( une foule) there are a lot of people; ( des gens) there's someone there; de plus en plus de monde more and more people; il n'y a pas grand monde there aren't many people; tout le monde everybody, everyone; voir beaucoup de monde to have a busy social life ; j'ai du monde ce soir I'm having people round GB ou over US tonight; elle se moque or se fout du monde! what does she take us for?; tout mon petit monde my family and friends (pl); réunir tout son monde ( entourage) to get everyone together;
    6 ( bonne société) society; sortir dans le monde to go out into society; le beau or grand monde high society;
    7 ( écart) il y a un monde entre there's a world of difference between; un monde nous sépare, il y a un monde entre nous we are worlds apart.
    mettre un enfant au monde to bring a child into the world; venir au monde to come into the world; se faire (tout) un monde de qch to get all worked up about sth; ainsi va le monde that's the way it goes; depuis que le monde est monde since the beginning of time; il faut de tout pour faire un monde Prov it takes all sorts to make a world Prov; c'est le monde à l'envers! the world's turned upside down!; c'est un monde! that's a bit much!
    [mɔ̃d] nom masculin
    1. [univers] world
    il n'est plus de ce monde he's no longer with us, he's gone to the next world
    en ce bas monde here on earth, here below
    depuis que le monde est monde since the beginning of time, since the world began
    2. [humanité] world
    tout le monde everybody, everyone
    tout le monde sait cela everybody ou the whole world knows that
    3. [pour intensifier]
    le plus simplement/gentiment du monde in the simplest/kindest possible way
    c'est ce que j'aime/je veux le plus au monde it's what I love/want most in the world
    pour rien au monde not for anything, not for the world
    nul ou personne au monde nobody in the world
    4. [communauté] world
    le monde de la finance the world of finance, the financial world
    le monde capitaliste/communiste the capitalist/communist world
    le monde animal/végétal the animal/plant world
    5. [gens] people (pluriel)
    il y a du monde? [en entrant chez quelqu'un] is there anybody home ou there?
    il y a un monde fou, c'est noir de monde the place is swarming ou alive with people
    ne t'en fais pas, je connais mon monde! don't worry, I know who I'm dealing with!
    tu te moques ou fiches (familier) ou fous (familier) du monde! you've got a nerve ou a bloody nerve!
    6. [société] world
    [groupe social] circle, set
    [classes élevées]
    le (beau) ou grand monde high society
    fréquenter le beau ou grand monde to mix with high society ou in society
    gens du monde socialites, society people
    7. [domaine] world, realm
    c'est un monde! (familier) that beats everything!, well I never!
    pourquoi ne ranges-tu jamais tes affaires, c'est un monde tout de même! (familier) why in the world ou why oh why don't you ever put your things away?

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > monde

  • 17 run out

    intransitive verb
    1) hin-/herauslaufen/-rennen
    2) (become exhausted) [Vorräte, Bestände:] zu Ende gehen; [Geduld:] sich erschöpfen

    we have run out — wir haben keinen/keine/keines mehr; (sold everything) wir sind ausverkauft

    3) (expire) [Vertrag:] ablaufen
    * * *
    1) ((of a supply) to come to an end: The food has run out.) ausgehen
    2) ((with of) to have no more: We've run out of money.) ausgehen
    * * *
    I. vi
    1. (finish) ausgehen
    the milk has \run out out die Milch ist alle
    time/money is \run outning out die Zeit/das Geld wird knapp
    to \run out out of sth etw nicht mehr haben
    I'm slowly \run outning out of patience langsam geht mir die Geduld aus
    to \run out out of cash/time kein Geld/keine Zeit mehr haben
    to \run out out of food nichts mehr zu essen haben
    2. (expire) passport ablaufen; licence auslaufen
    3. (leave)
    to \run out out on sb jdn verlassen
    to \run out out on a restaurant bill die Zeche prellen
    they ran out easy winners in the end zum Schluss gewannen sie doch noch problemlos
    5.
    to \run out out of steam an Schwung verlieren
    the peace talks seem to have \run out out of steam aus den Friedensgesprächen scheint die Luft draußen zu sein
    sb \run outs out of steam jdm geht die Luft aus
    II. vt
    to \run out out ⇆ a rope/line ein Seil/eine Schnur ausrollen
    to \run out out ⇆ a rope to sb jdm ein Seil zuwerfen
    2. (in cricket)
    to \run out out ⇆ sb einen Schlagmann zum Ausscheiden bringen, während er seinen Lauf macht
    3.
    to \run out sb out of town esp AM ( fam) jdn aus der Stadt jagen
    * * *
    A v/i
    1. herauslaufen (auch Tormann), hinauslaufen (beide auch Flüssigkeit):
    run out of a port SCHIFF (aus einem Hafen) auslaufen
    2. auslaufen (Gefäß)
    3. a) ablaufen (Zeit etc), zu Ende gehen:
    time is running out die Zeit wird knapp;
    my patience has run out meine Geduld ist am Ende
    b) auslaufen (Vertrag etc)
    4. a) ausgehen, knapp werden (Vorrat):
    my batteries have run out meine Batterien sind leer;
    my batteries ran out in the middle of the song mitten im Lied gaben meine Batterien den Geist auf
    b) keinen Vorrat (mehr) haben (of an dat):
    have run out of gasoline (Br petrol) kein Benzin mehr haben;
    we have run out of this article dieser Artikel ist uns ausgegangen;
    can you give me a cigarette? I’ve run out mir sind meine ausgegangen;
    we are running out of time unsere Zeit wird knapp, uns läuft die Zeit davon
    5. sich verausgaben
    6. hervorstechen, herausragen,
    7. sich erstrecken
    8. TYPO länger werden (Text)
    9. das Spiel oder den Kampf beenden (auf bestimmte Weise):
    run out a winner als Sieger hervorgehen
    10. run out on sb umg jemanden im Stich lassen
    B v/t
    1. ein Rennen etc zu Ende laufen, beenden, etwas vollenden
    2. hinausjagen, -treiben
    3. ein Kabel etc ausrollen
    4. erschöpfen:
    run o.s. out bis zur Erschöpfung laufen;
    a) (vom Laufen) ausgepumpt sein,
    b) ausverkauft sein
    * * *
    intransitive verb
    1) hin-/herauslaufen/-rennen
    2) (become exhausted) [Vorräte, Bestände:] zu Ende gehen; [Geduld:] sich erschöpfen

    we have run out — wir haben keinen/keine/keines mehr; (sold everything) wir sind ausverkauft

    3) (expire) [Vertrag:] ablaufen
    * * *
    v.
    auslaufen v.
    hinausgelaufen v.
    zu Ende gehen ausdr.

    English-german dictionary > run out

  • 18 march

    march [mɑ:tʃ]
    1 noun
    (a) Military marche f;
    troops on the march des troupes en marche;
    figurative the middle classes are on the march la classe moyenne s'est mobilisée;
    the march on Versailles la marche sur Versailles;
    a march of 20 km une marche de 20 km;
    their camp was a day's march away leur camp était à une journée de marche;
    figurative the march of time/events la marche du temps/des événements;
    quick march! en avant, marche!;
    American History Sherman's march to the sea la marche vers l'océan du général Sherman
    (b) (demonstration) manifestation f, marche f;
    to go on a march manifester, descendre dans la rue;
    peace march marche f pour la paix
    (c) (music) marche f;
    slow/quick march marche f lente/rapide
    (d) (usu pl) (frontier) frontière f;
    the Welsh Marches les marches fpl galloises
    (a) Military faire marcher au pas;
    the troops were marched out of the citadel on fit sortir les troupes de la citadelle
    the prisoner was marched away/back to his cell on conduisit/ramena le prisonnier dans sa cellule;
    the shoplifter was marched into the manager's office on conduisit le voleur dans le bureau du directeur;
    the children were marched off to bed les enfants ont été expédiés au lit (au pas de gymnastique)
    (a) Military marcher (au pas); (at a ceremony, on parade) défiler;
    the regiment marched past the President le régiment défila devant le Président;
    the soldiers marched for three days and nights les soldats ont marché pendant trois jours et trois nuits;
    to march against the enemy marcher contre l'ennemi;
    to march off to war/into battle partir à la guerre/au combat;
    to march on a city marcher sur une ville
    (b) (walk briskly) avancer d'un pas ferme ou résolu;
    to march down the street/into a room descendre la rue/entrer dans une pièce d'un pas résolu;
    they marched off in a huff ils partirent furieux;
    she marched up to him and slapped him across the face elle se dirigea droit sur lui et le gifla;
    he marched impatiently up and down the station platform il arpentait le quai impatiemment;
    he marched upstairs il monta l'escalier d'un air décidé
    (c) (in demonstration) manifester;
    the students marched alongside the workers les étudiants manifestèrent aux côtés des ouvriers
    (d) figurative (time, seasons) avancer, s'écouler;
    time marches on le temps s'écoule inexorablement
    ►► March of Dimes = association caritative américaine d'aide aux enfants handicapés
    SHERMAN'S MARCH TO THE SEA Il s'agit d'une opération menée en 1864 par le général nordiste Sherman en Géorgie pendant la guerre de Sécession. À la tête de 60 000 hommes et après avoir incendié la ville d'Atlanta, Sherman rejoignit la côte en détruisant sur son passage toute l'infrastructure sudiste: voies de chemin de fer, cultures, bétail, bâtiments etc.

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > march

  • 19 keep

    1. [ki:p] n разг.
    1. прокорм, питание, содержание

    he earns /is worth/ his keep - он отрабатывает свою зарплату, он себя оправдывает

    2. запас кормов для скота, фураж

    this grass will make some useful keep for the winter - эту траву можно использовать зимой в качестве корма

    3. редк. упитанность

    to be in good [poor] keep - быть хорошо [плохо] упитанным

    4. pl
    1) право оставить себе выигранное ( при игре в шарики)
    2) игра на интерес
    5. ист. центральная, хорошо укреплённая часть или башня средневекового замка; крепость
    6. тех. контрбукса
    7. pl горн. кулаки для посадки клети

    for keeps - навсегда; насовсем; окончательно

    it is yours /you can have it/ for keeps - можете считать это своим, дарю это вам

    to play for keeps - а) играть наверняка; б) идти на мокрое дело

    2. [ki:p] v (kept)
    I
    1. держать, иметь, хранить

    to keep smth. in one's pockets [in the bookcase] - держать что-л. в карманах [в книжном шкафу]

    to keep money in the savings-bank - хранить /держать/ деньги в сбербанке

    to keep smb. in prison /in custody/ - держать кого-л. в тюрьме /под стражей/

    keep the chain on the door! - не снимай цепочку с двери!

    to keep smth. about oneself - держать /иметь/ что-л. при себе

    to keep smth. in one's possession - владеть чем-л.

    2. не выбрасывать, беречь; оставлять

    to keep old clothes [books, things] - хранить /не выбрасывать/ старую одежду [-ые книги, вещи]

    to keep smth. for great occasions - приберегать что-л. для торжественных случаев

    I can make money but I cannot keep it - я могу зарабатывать деньги, но не умею беречь их

    3. не возвращать, оставлять себе

    to keep the book for a month [as long as you like] - держать книгу месяц [сколько угодно]

    what I have won fairly I intend to keep - то, что я честно добыл, я не собираюсь отдавать

    to keep smth. that does not belong to one - присваивать себе чужое

    keep the change - сдачу оставьте себе, сдачи не нужно

    keep your remarks to yourself - ≅ воздержитесь от замечаний; ваши замечания оставьте при себе

    4. 1) держать, содержать

    to keep poultry [bees, dogs] - держать домашнюю птицу [пчёл, собак]

    to keep a shop [a bar] - иметь /держать/ лавку [бар]

    2) иметь (кого-л.) в услужении

    to keep a valet [a cook] - держать камердинера [повара]

    5. 1) содержать, обеспечивать

    to keep an old mother [children, a family] - содержать старуху-мать [детей, семью]

    to have a family [parents] to keep - иметь на иждивении семью [родителей]

    at his age he ought to be able to keep himself - в его возрасте пора бы самому зарабатывать (себе) на жизнь

    she earns enough to keep herself in clothes - она зарабатывает достаточно для того, чтобы одеваться

    2) иметь на содержании

    to keep a mistress - содержать любовницу; иметь содержанку

    6. иметь в продаже, в ассортименте

    to keep eggs [butter] - иметь в продаже яйца [масло], торговать яйцами [маслом]

    to keep a stock of smth. - а) иметь запас чего-л.; б) иметь какой-л. товар в продаже

    we do not keep postcards - у нас не бывает почтовых открыток, мы не продаём открыток

    7. 1) задерживать, не отпускать

    to keep smb. long [for two hours] - держать /продержать/ кого-л. долго [два часа]

    to keep smb. for dinner - оставить кого-л. на обед

    don't let me keep you - не хочу вас задерживать, вы свободны, я вас больше не задерживаю

    to keep the children in after school - оставить детей в школе после уроков

    2) удерживать, не выпускать

    to keep smb. at home - держать кого-л. дома, не позволять выходить из дому

    8. охранять, защищать; удерживать

    to keep a bridge [a road, a fortress] - удерживать /защищать/ мост [дорогу, крепость]

    God keep you! - да хранит вас господь!

    9. 1) сохраняться, не портиться

    eggs [apples, chocolates] will keep - яйца [яблоки, шоколадные конфеты] не испортятся /полежат/

    meat does not keep long in hot weather - при жаркой погоде мясо не может долго лежать

    2) хранить, сохранять, не давать портиться

    milk sours when kept too long - если молоко долго стоит, оно прокисает

    3) сохранять новизну, не устаревать

    this news will keep - с этим сообщением можно повременить /подождать, не торопиться/ (оно не устареет)

    my revenge will keep - отомстить я ещё успею, месть за мной

    it will keep! - успеется!

    II А
    1. оставаться (в каком-л. месте)

    to keep at home /indoors, with in doors/ - сидеть дома

    to keep one's room [one's house] - не выходить из комнаты [из дому]

    where do you keep? - разг. где вы обретаетесь?, где вы проживаете?

    2. двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)

    keep to the right [to the left]! - держитесь правой [левой] стороны!

    to keep to the wind - мор. идти /вести судно/ по ветру

    keep out of the way! - не путайся под ногами!, не мешай!

    to keep the path - идти по намеченному пути, не сбиваться с пути

    to keep close to the door [to the shore] - держаться поближе к двери [к берегу]

    keep her so! - мор. так держать!

    3. (to) придерживаться (темы, инструкции и т. п.)

    to keep to the subject - придерживаться темы, не отклоняться от темы

    to keep to a strict diet - придерживаться строгой диеты, ограничивать себя в еде

    4. выполнять, соблюдать, не нарушать (закон и т. п.); придерживаться ( правил)

    to keep the law [the rules, the commandments] - соблюдать /не нарушать/ закон [правила, заповеди]

    to keep within the law - держаться в рамках закона, не нарушать закон

    to keep a treaty - выполнять /соблюдать/ договор

    5. придерживаться (обычая, привычки)

    to keep early /good/ [bad /late/] hours - рано [поздно] начинать и кончать работу или вставать и ложиться спать

    schoolboys should keep good hours - школьники должны рано ложиться спать и рано вставать

    6. 1) сдерживать ( обещание); держать ( слово)

    to keep one's word [promise, oath] - сдержать слово [обещание, клятву]

    to keep faith (with smb.) - сохранять верность (кому-л.)

    to keep an appointment - прийти в назначенное время или место; прийти на (деловое) свидание

    to keep a date - разг. прийти на свидание

    2) соблюдать, хранить ( тайну)
    7. соблюдать, отмечать ( памятные даты)

    to keep one's birthday - отмечать /справлять/ свой день рождения

    to keep a fast - соблюдать пост, поститься

    8. помнить, хранить ( в памяти)

    to keep smth. in memory /in mind/ - хранить что-л. в памяти, помнить о чём-л.

    9. вести (записи, счета)

    to keep a diary [accounts, books] - вести дневник [счета, бухгалтерию]

    to keep a register [a record] - вести журнал [протокол]

    to keep the official record and score of the game - спорт. вести протокол игры

    to keep score - спорт. вести счёт

    10. 1) удерживать ( прежнее положение)

    to keep one's /the/ saddle - удержаться в седле

    to keep one's seat - не вставать (со стула), продолжать сидеть

    to keep one's feet - удержаться на ногах, устоять, не упасть

    to keep one's balance - удерживать /сохранять/ равновесие [см. тж. 2)]

    keep where you are! - ни с места!; не двигайтесь!

    to keep one's head up - а) держать голову высоко; б) не вешать головы, не падать духом

    2) сохранять ( прежнее состояние)

    to keep one's figure - сохранить стройность, не располнеть

    to keep one's looks - сохранить прежнюю красоту, не подурнеть

    to keep contact - воен. а) поддерживать соприкосновение ( с противником); б) поддерживать контакт /связь/

    to keep one's temper - сдерживаться, не выходить из себя

    to keep (in) one's feelings - сдерживать свои чувства, не давать волю чувствам

    to keep one's balance - сдерживаться, владеть собой, не выходить из себя [см. тж. 1)]

    11. содержать (дом, хозяйство)

    to keep open house - жить на широкую ногу, отличаться /славиться/ широким гостеприимством

    to keep a good [a bad] table - иметь хороший [плохой] стол, хорошо /вкусно/ [плохо /невкусно/] кормить

    well kept room - опрятная комната; комната, которую тщательно убирают

    badly kept garden - заброшенный /запущенный/ сад

    badly kept road - дорога, которую не ремонтируют

    12. амер. функционировать ( об учебных заведениях)

    schools keep today - сегодня школы работают, сегодня в школах идут занятия

    the skiing school will keep through the winter - горнолыжная школа будет работать всю зиму

    13. поддерживать ( компанию); водить ( дружбу)

    to keep good [bad] company - быть в хорошей [плохой] компании, дружить с хорошими [плохими] людьми

    to keep (oneself) to oneself - держаться особняком, сторониться людей

    to keep company with smb. - прост. гулять с кем-л.

    14. спорт. владеть (мячом; футбол)
    15. посещать (церковь, лекции)
    II Б
    1. to keep smb., smth. doing smth. заставлять кого-л., что-л. продолжать действовать

    to keep smb. moving [working, repeating] - заставлять кого-л. всё время двигаться [работать, повторять]

    people do not like to be kept waiting - люди не любят, когда их заставляют ждать

    2. to keep smb. at smth. заставлять кого-л. продолжать делать что-л.

    he kept us at work [thrashing] the whole day - он заставил нас работать [молотить] целый день

    3. to keep smb. to smth. заставлять кого-л. выполнить что-л.

    to keep smb. to his promise [word] - заставить кого-л. выполнить данное обещание [сдержать слово]

    4. to keep from smth. /from doing smth./ удерживаться, воздерживаться от чего-л.

    to keep from laughing [smiling] - удержаться от смеха [от улыбки]

    I tried to keep from looking at myself in the mirror - я старался не смотреть на себя в зеркало

    I couldn't keep from smiling - я не мог не улыбнуться, я не мог сдержать улыбку

    5. to keep smb. from smth. /from doing smth./ мешать, препятствовать кому-л. делать что-л.

    to keep smb. from his work - мешать кому-л. работать, отвлекать кого-л. от работы

    we must keep them from knowing our plans - мы должны сделать так, чтобы они не узнали о наших планах

    keep the child from hurting himself - смотри, чтобы ребёнок не ушибся

    6. to keep out of smth.
    1) не вмешиваться во что-л., оставаться в стороне от чего-л.

    to keep out of smb.'s quarrel - не вмешиваться в чью-л. ссору

    to keep out of smb.'s way - стараться не попадаться кому-л. на глаза; держаться подальше от кого-л.

    2) не подвергать себя чему-л., избегать чего-л.

    to keep out of danger - не подвергать себя опасности, избегать опасности

    to keep out of mischief - не проказничать, не шалить, не бедокурить; вести себя хорошо

    7. to keep smb. out of smth.
    1) не пускать кого-л. куда-л.

    to keep smb. out of the room - не пускать кого-л. в комнату

    2) не подвергать кого-л. чему-л., оберегать кого-л. от чего-л.

    to keep smb. out of danger - уберечь кого-л. от опасности

    3) лишать кого-л. чего-л.

    to keep the landlord out of his rent - не уплатить хозяину деньги за квартиру

    8. to keep smth. away from smb., smth. не давать кому-л. что-л.; не допускать, не подпускать кого-л. к чему-л.

    to keep the flies away from smb.'s face - отгонять мух с чьего-л. лица

    keep the matches away from the children! - прячьте спички от детей!

    to keep the puck away (from the opponent) - спорт. закрыть шайбу (от противника)

    9. to keep smth. ( back) from smb. скрывать, утаивать что-л. от кого-л.

    to keep back the news [the truth] from smb. - скрывать новости [правду] от кого-л.

    you are keeping something from me - вы что-то от меня скрываете, вы что-то не договариваете

    he kept nothing from me - он ничего от меня не утаил, он рассказал мне всё без утайки

    10. to keep smth. to oneself не делиться чем-л.; (у)молчать о чём-л.

    I kept my impressions to myself - я никому не рассказал о своих впечатлениях

    you may keep your remarks to yourself - можете оставить свои замечания при себе

    11. to keep at smb. with smth. приставать к кому-л. с чем-л.; надоедать кому-л. чем-л.

    they kept at him with appeals for payment [for money] - они мучили его беспрестанными просьбами об уплате [о деньгах]

    12. to keep smb., smth. in some state держать кого-л., что-л. в каком-л. состоянии

    to keep smb. awake - не давать кому-л. спать

    to keep oneself clean [tidy] - быть /ходить всегда/ чистым [опрятным]

    to keep smth. clean [tidy] - (со)держать что-л. в чистоте [в порядке]

    to keep smth. intact - хранить что-л. в неприкосновенности

    to keep smb. quiet - не давать кому-л. шуметь, протестовать, двигаться и т. п.

    to keep smb. covered - воен. держать кого-л. на прицеле

    to keep smth. in readiness - держать что-л. в готовности

    to keep smb. (a) prisoner - держать кого-л. в плену /в тюрьме, в заключении/

    13. to keep smth. going поддержать нормальную деятельность, бесперебойную работу чего-л.
    14. to keep smb. going
    1) поддерживать жизнь в ком-л.
    2) поддерживать кого-л. материально, помогать кому-л. деньгами
    III А
    1. в сочетании с последующим причастием настоящего времени означает продолжение действия, выраженного причастием:

    to keep reading [writing, working] - продолжать читать [писать, работать]

    to keep asking [coming and leaving, moving] - всё время задавать вопросы [приходить и уходить, двигаться]

    to keep thinking about smth. - непрерывно /непрестанно/ думать о чём-л., не переставать думать о чём-л.

    2. как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом пребывать, оставаться в каком-л. состоянии

    to keep awake - не спать, бодрствовать

    to keep cheerful - быть неизменно бодрым /весёлым/

    to keep cool - а) оставаться холодным, не теплеть; б) сохранять хладнокровие, не волноваться

    to keep quiet - а) молчать; б) оставаться спокойным или неподвижным; не шевелиться

    to keep silent - молчать, хранить молчание

    to keep still - а) не шуметь; б) не двигаться, не шевелиться

    to keep aloof - держаться особняком /в стороне/

    the weather keeps fine - погода не портится, стоит хорошая погода

    to keep fit - быть в форме, быть в хорошем физическом состоянии

    to keep together - держаться вместе; не разлучаться

    to keep well /in good health/ - чувствовать себя хорошо; не болеть

    to keep time - а) отбивать такт, выдерживать ритм; б) идти верно ( о часах; тж. to keep good time)

    to keep pace - спорт. держать скорость шага, бежать в темпе

    to keep on ice - амер. ≅ откладывать в долгий ящик

    to keep one's hand /eye/ in - тренироваться, практиковаться (в чём-л.)

    to keep one's hair /shirt, wool/ on - не выходить из себя, не волноваться

    keep your shirt on! - не кипятись!

    to keep smb. on tap - воен. проф. держать кого-л. в состоянии готовности

    keep at it! - а) не сдавайся!, продолжай!; б) держись!

    to keep watch, to keep one's head above water, to keep the wolf from the door и др. см. в статьях соответствующих слов

    НБАРС > keep

  • 20 acronyms (new and funny)

    •• Широкое употребление сокращений – неотъемлемая черта любого живого современного языка. Многих это раздражает, но сокращения – реальность, с которой обязательно должен считаться переводчик. И в русском, и в английском языке, особенно в течение ХХ столетия, «накопились» тысячи, а возможно десятки тысяч сокращений. Но не случайно я поставил это слово в кавычки, ибо сокращения не столько накапливаются, сколько появляются и либо «прячутся», либо исчезают. Иными словами, у них часто весьма узкая сфера распространения и недолгий век. Но какие-то из них – довольно многие – закрепляются в языке практически на всем его «пространстве». Так, почти любому американцу известны такие сокращения, как UN – именно так, а не UNO (United Nations), DC (District of Columbia), NFL (National Football League), PTA (Parent Teacher Association), CD (в зависимости от контекста compact disc или certificate of deposit – срочный сберегательный вклад), MBA (Master of Business Administration), CNN (Cable News Network). В двух последних случаях сокращение живет, можно сказать, своей собственной жизнью, так как многие не знают или забыли его расшифровку. У нас в стране все или почти все знают, что такое ООН, ИТАР-ТАСС (тоже, пожалуй, в отрыве от расшифровки), ЧП, НТВ, ВВС (Военно-воздушные силы), фактически превратившиеся в слова вуз и кпд (коэффициент полезного действия) и многие другие сокращения.

    •• Для переводчика английского языка проблематика сокращений особенно актуальна, так как в последние два десятилетия американцы стали употреблять их значительно чаще, чем раньше. Наверное, они очень спешат, и даже электроника, вроде бы экономящая уйму времени, кажется, лишь подстегивает их бег.
    •• Начнем поэтому с сокращений, многие из которых получили распространение в переписке по электронной почте (ежедневно по электронной почте отправляется 9,8 миллиарда сообщений, из них, согласно оценкам, около половины – в Америке), но постепенно проникают и в другие сферы:
    •• ASAP (произносится по буквам) – as soon as possible;
    •• BTW – by the way;
    •• FCOL – for crying out loud! Это забавное выражение, приблизительный русский эквивалент которого – Ну неужели не ясно? – популярно особенно среди молодежи, но мне приходилось слышать его и от людей достаточно солидных, например, бывшего госсекретаря США Джеймса Бейкера;
    •• FYI – for your information;
    •• IMO – in my opinion (вариант, популярный в молодежной среде – IMHO – in my humble opinion);
    •• IOW – in other words;
    •• OTOH – on the other hand;
    •• TTYL – talk to you later;
    •• WYSIWYG – what you see is what you get. Это выражение, которое впервые встретилось мне в 1972 году во время показа по телевидению знаменитой хоккейной серии СССР-Канада (плакат с этим лозунгом развернули на трибунах канадские болельщики), каждый понимает, наверное, немного по-своему. В данном случае оно значило что-то вроде Мы играем в открытую, а может быть Мы вам покажем. Иногда возможен и почти буквальный перевод: Что видишь, то имеешь. He’s not changed. I’ll argue that till death. What you see is what you get (губернатор штата Коннектикут Дж. Роуланд о президенте Дж.Буше, цитирую по «Нью-Йорк таймс») –...Он весь на виду. В последнее время сокращение WYSIWYG используется также для обозначения программ, позволяющих создавать страницы (сайты) в Интернете, не прибегая к кодированию. Кстати, это выражение не следует путать с as is – так говорят о товарах (часто с явными или скрытыми дефектами), которые продаются с большой скидкой, но без права покупателя предъявлять претензии ( complaintsсм. статью претензия в русско-английской части словаря).
    •• Интересный класс сокращений – имена президентов США. Мне известно по крайней мере три таких сокращения:
    •• FDR – Franklin Delano Roosevelt и, соответственно, FDR Drive – шоссе имени Рузвельта (в Нью-Йорке);
    •• JFK – John Fitzgerald Kennedy и JFK Airport (в Нью-Йорке);
    •• LBJ – Lyndon Baines Johnson.
    •• При президенте Клинтоне некоторое распространение получили сокращения POTUS, VPOTUS и FLOTUS, соответственно President/Vice President/First Lady of the United States.
    •• Нынешнего президента Джорджа Буша (у нас принято называть его «младшим») в США именуют George W. Bush (его отец – просто George Bush, хотя официальное его имя – George H. W. Bush – George Herbert Walker Bush). В журналистике встречается упоминание его имени как W или фамильярное Dubya, например, в заголовке статьи в журнале Men’s Health: Dubya’s Sobering Up Strategy: Will It Work for You? – Подходит ли вам стратегия протрезвления «младшего»?
    •• Эпоха компьютеров и Интернета породила огромное количество сокращений, большинство из которых знакомы лишь «продвинутой» публике, однако некоторые надо знать:
    •• FAQ – frequently asked questions (специальная страница на многих сайтах, содержащая ответы на часто задаваемые вопросы);
    •• HTML – hypertext markup language (система кодирования для создания страниц в Интернете);
    •• ICQ – I seek you (специальный адрес для группового общения в Интернете);
    •• URL – uniform resource locator (унифицированная форма обозначения адресов).
    •• Сокращение ICQ особенно интересно, так как здесь мы имеем дело с так называемым meta-acronym – сокращением по фонетическому подобию. Раньше было известно, пожалуй, лишь одно такое сокращение: IOU ( I owe you) – долговая расписка, вексель. (Интересно, что похожее MOU – вполне обычное сокращение, которое расшифровывается memorandum of understanding – меморандум о договоренности/взаимопонимании.) В переписке по электронной почте встречается сокращение OIC – Oh I see.
    •• В виде одного из компонентов «фонетических псевдосокращений» может выступать цифра 2:
    •• B2B – business to business (деловые отношения «бизнес-бизнес»);
    •• B2C – business to consumer/customer («бизнес-клиент»).
    •• Сокращения с использованием цифр приобретают все большее распространение. Некоторые из них, строго говоря, сокращениями не являются, но условно их можно отнести к этой категории, например 20/20 (произносится twenty-twenty) – то же самое, что у нас окулисты называют единицей, т.е. идеальное зрение. Когда о человеке говорят He has the benefit of 20/20 hindsight, то имеют в виду, что он крепок задним умом.
    •• Похожее цифровое сокращение – 24/7 (произносится twenty-four seven). Смысл его ясен из рекламного лозунга телефонной компании: Sprint will be there for you 24/7 – «Спринт» всегда с вами – семь дней в неделю, двадцать четыре часа в сутки.
    •• Любому образованному американцу известно, что такое 101: например, History 101 – это начальный курс истории, читаемый первокурсникам (freshmen; второкурсники – sophomores; третьекурсники – juniors; четверокурсники – seniors) в американских университетах. В переносном смысле – азы.
    •• Некоммерческие организации, пожертвования в которые позволяют налогоплательщику уменьшить подлежащую обложению сумму своего дохода, называются в США 501 (c) 3 organizations – по нумерации соответствующей статьи законодательства (в устном переводе можно сказать просто благотворительная организация).
    •• Также от нумерации идет и сокращение 401 (k) – так называются индивидуальные сберегательные пенсионные счета с отложенной уплатой налога, открываемые работодателями для своих работников. Аналогичные счета, открываемые частными лицами, называются IRA – Individual Retirement Account (в совершенно ином контексте те же буквы обозначают Irish Republican Army – террористическую организацию Ирландская республиканская армия).
    •• К условной категории «цифровых сокращений» относится 1-800 number (произносится one eight hundred) – так называются специальные телефонные номера, по которым можно звонить бесплатно (они покупаются компаниями или организациями, заинтересованными в максимальном количестве обращений).
    •• Другое «телефонное сокращение» – 911 (произносится nine one one) – номер службы спасения (в США это, как правило, структурное подразделение полиции).
    •• Трагический день 11 сентября 2001 года в устной и письменной речи часто обозначается как 9/11 или 9-11 (произносится nine eleven).
    •• Номер 411 (произносится four one one) набирается в большинстве штатов при звонке в справочное бюро. В разговорной речи это словосочетание употребляется в смысле информация, сведения: Here’s the 411 on the fishing trip.
    •• Наконец, пресловутая компьютерная «проблема-2000», о которой так много говорили, а сейчас потихоньку забывают, обозначалась сокращением Y2K (буква Y в данном случае означает the year, а К – тысячу).
    •• Вошли в язык фактически на правах лексических единиц, понятных большинству, принятые Американской киноассоциацией категории кинофильмов, обозначающие их приемлемость для показа зрителям разных возрастов:
    •• G – General Audience. All ages admitted;
    •• PG – Parental guidance suggested. Some material may not be suitable for younger children;
    •• PG-13 – Parents Strongly Cautioned. Some material may be inappropriate for children under 13;
    •• R – Restricted. Under 17 requires accompanying parent or adult guardian;
    •• NC-17 – No one 17 and under admitted.
    •• Эта добровольная, принятая в 1968 году классификация не включает фильмов, которые характеризуются как X-rated (синоним – porn). Кто-то хорошо сказал: «Я не знаю определения порнографии, но всегда узнаю́ ее, когда вижу». Производители подобной продукции не представляют ее на рассмотрение классификационной комиссии Американской киноассоциации и ее не показывают в обычных кинотеатрах. Интересно, что буква X не обязательно обозначает нечто неприличное. Так, Generation X (существует также вариант gen-x и gen-xers) – поколение Икс – это обозначение нового, «непонятного» поколения, вышедшего на арену в 1990-е годы (своего рода «племя младое, незнакомое»). The X-files - название известного кинофильма, переведенное у нас как «Секретные материалы». Здесь просматривается смысловой компонент «запретности», «ограниченного доступа», а в слове X-rays – рентгеновские лучи – скорее «новизны», недостаточной изученности.
    •• Значительно проще классификация кинофильмов, принятая в Соединенном Королевстве:
    •• U (в соседней Ирландии – Gen) – General release;
    •• 12 – Restricted to over-12s (в Ирландии 12PG – Under 12s admitted if accompanied by a parent or guardian);
    •• 15 – Restricted to over-15s (в Ирландии 15PG – Under 15s admitted if accompanied by a parent or guardian);
    •• 18 – Restricted to over-18s.
    •• В переводе категории киноклассификации следует давать латиницей с пояснением на русском языке (например, фильм категории PG-13 – «некоторые фрагменты нежелательно смотреть детям до 13 лет»).
    •• Несколько слов о так называемых emoticons – emotional icons. Они были придуманы на заре электронной почты, в 1979 году, Кевином Маккензи (Kevin MacKenzie) для обозначения на письме эмоций, выражения лица и т.п. Наиболее известные из них – :) и :( обозначают, соответственно, улыбку и недовольство. Список этих значков желающие могут найти, например, на сайте www.pb.org/emoticon.html. Иногда их заменяют буквенными сокращениями:
    •• <J> – joking;
    •• <L> – laughing;
    •• <S> – smiling;
    •• <Y> – yawning.
    •• И последнее. Сейчас в нашей печати и устной речи английские сокращения нередко даются латиницей без расшифровки и перевода, например NTSC, PAL – системы цветного телевидения, GSM – система мобильной телефонной связи, B-1, G-4 – виды американских въездных виз, www. – начальные буквы адресов в Интернете и многие другие. Это, однако, не освобождает переводчика от необходимости внимательно следить за возникающими сокращениями. Скорее наоборот. Ведь если вы «не в курсе», то рискуете не только не понять, но даже не услышать сокращение, которое будет восприниматься как своего рода фонетический шум.
    •• * Акронимы, порождаемые во все большем количестве самим темпом нынешней жизни, являются законным предметом лексикографической дискуссии. Например, должны ли отражаться в словарях сокращения, содержащие фонетически читаемые числительные? Есть мнение, что сокращение gr8 ( great) – это просто «выпендреж». Вот что пишет одна из моих корреспонденток: «Есть большая разница между B2B (business-to-business) и gr8. В первом случае создан новый термин, в духе интернетовской лапидарности, а gr8 никакого оправдания, по-моему, не имеет. Просто сор. Упаси Бог от расширения применения таких окказиональных акронимов и их утверждения в языке: в истории письменности была уже революция, связанная с использованием пиктограмм как символов алфавита. Зачем нужна новая (фактически обратная) – непонятно». Уточнение другого корреспондента: «Такой “сор”, как gr8, возник благодаря “услуге обмена короткими сообщениями” (SMS) между мобильными телефонами».
    •• И довольно информативное возражение (благодарю автора, выступающего на сайте www.lingvoda.ru под псевдонимом vtora, за это сообщение и многие другие интересные комментарии и замечания): «Подростки с сотовыми телефонами, так называемое Thumb-Generation, т. е. поколение с гиперразвитыми от постоянного клацанья по сотовому большими пальцами, через десять-пятнадцать лет станут CEOs, журналистами, преподавателями, лексикографами и т.д. Часть из них не откажется от SMS-языка, поэтому я не советую игнорировать это явление. Вот сочинение на тему «Как я провел лето» с переводом на BBC English:
    •• My smmr hols wr CWOT. B4, we usd 2 go 2 NY 2C my bro, his GF & thr 3:-\@ kds FTF. ILNY, its gr8.
    •• Bt my Ps wr so:-/BC o 9/11 tht they dcdd 2 stay in SCO & spnd 2wks up N.
    •• Up N, WUCIWUG – 0. I ws vvv brd in MON. 0 bt baas & ^^^^.
    •• AAR8, my Ps wr:-) – they sd ICBW, & tht they wr ha-p 4 the pc&qt...IDTS!! I wntd 2 go hm ASAP, 2C my M8s again.
    •• 2day, I cam bk 2 skool. I feel v O:-) BC I hv dn all my hm wrk. Now its BAU
    •• Here’s the translation:
    •• My summer holidays were a complete waste of time. Before, we used to go to New York to see my brother, his girlfriend and their three screaming kids face to face. I love New York, it’s a great place.
    •• But my parents were so worried because of the terrorism attack on September 11 that they decided we would stay in Scotland and spend two weeks up north.
    •• Up north, what you see is what you get – nothing. I was extremely bored in the middle of nowhere. Nothing but sheep and mountains.
    •• At any rate, my parents were happy. They said that it could be worse, and that they were happy with the peace and quiet. I don’t think so! I wanted to go home as soon as possible, to see my friends again.
    •• Today I came back to school. I feel very saintly because I have done all my homework. Now it’s business as usual.
    •• Должен сказать, что мне удалось правильно расшифровать почти все, за исключением IDTS!, который я принял за Idiots!
    •• По сообщению Daily Telegraph, в новом издании Collins English Dictionary есть следующие сокращения:
    •• A3 means anytime, anywhere, any place; ATB, all the best; BBL, be back later; HAND, have a nice day; KISS, keep it simple, stupid; and IYKWIMAITYD, if you know what I mean and I think you do. GAL, incidentally, translates as get a life.
    •• Недавно по экранам прошло два фильма с подобными акронимами – 2 Fast 2 Furious (с нехитрым «дубль-антандром» – в фильме два главных героя) и известный у нас фильм Л. Мудисона Lilya 4-Ever. Налицо тенденция, набирающая силу.
    •• Конечно, SMS – не единственный источник новых сокращений. Их генераторами продолжают являться такие сферы, как политика, война, бюрократия и т.д. Многие из них входят в язык и должны отражаться в словарях.
    •• Вот, например, цитата из более чем респектабельного New York Review of Books:
    •• The Coalition Media Center, at the Saliyah military base in Doha, Qatar, seems designed to be as annoying and inconvenient as possible for reporters. To get there from the center of town, you have to take a half-hour ride through a baking, barren expanse of desert. At the gate, you have to submit your electronic equipment to a K-9 search, your bags to inspection, and your body to an X-ray scan.
    •• K-9 search – обыск с собаками ( canine search). Сразу можно и не догадаться. (Мне сообщили, что K-9 обязан своей популяризацией одноименному фильму с Дж. Белуши и немецкой овчаркой.)
    •• Интересное сообщение одного из моих корреспондентов: «Видел карикатуру в журнале New Yorker: в легковом автомобиле едет Годзилла, на заднем плане дымящиеся развалины небоскребов. Номерной знак на машине: “I 8 NY”. Еще есть нефтеперерабатывающая компания Q8. Угадайте откуда». Для недогадливых: I ate New York и Kuwait.
    •• Еще одно сокращение стало актуальным в связи с иракской войной. Судя по статье в New York Times, оно пока не всем известно:
    •• A few days ago I talked to a soldier just back from Iraq. He’d been in a relatively calm area; his main complaint was about food. Four months after the fall of Baghdad, his unit was still eating the dreaded M.R.E.’s: meals ready to eat. When Italian troops moved into the area, their food was way more realistic- and American troops were soon trading whatever they could for some of that Italian food.
    •• Забавно здесь и сказанное о еде way more realistic, т.е. гораздо больше похоже на настоящую/реальную еду. Комментарий моего активного корреспондента (псевдоним Red Threat): «Американцы в шутку расшифровывают MRE как Meals Refused by Ethiopians. Насчет того, что они dreaded, – сказки, просто американцы малость закушались. Лично доводилось умять не одну упаковку – вполне съедобно, пусть и не “обеды, как у мамы”».
    •• Официальное американское название «войны с терроризмом» – global war on terrorism, и нередко в текстах это сокращение появляется без предварительной или последующей расшифровки. Так, в одной из статей в журнале Weekly Standard цитируется официальный доклад о Китае:
    •• Although most Chinese observers believe the U.S. force posture post-September 11 is based on a legitimate need to prosecute the GWOT, many remain suspicious and have implied that the ‘real’ U.S. intentions behind the realignment will not be known until the GWOT is more or less over.
    •• Напоминает нашу ВОВ ( Великую Отечественную войну) – сокращение, которое многих коробит. Еще из этого репертуара – GITMO ( Guantanamo) – строго говоря, не сокращение, а условный акроним, как, скажем, LAX ( аэропорт Лос-Анджелес). Наконец, часто встречается AQ ( Al Qaeda).
    •• А вот еще одно сокращение, встречающееся без расшифровки и не всем известное, – FUBAR. Цитата из журнала Atlantic:
    •• I never failed to be impressed by the notion that old-fashioned morality – inflexible and unforgiving – is sufficient unto any FUBAR situation human beings can dream up.
    •• Расшифровку найти было нетрудно: f( ucked) u(p) b( eyond) a(ll) r( ecognition), равно как и определение: utterly botched or confused (оба – из American Heritage Dictionary). Словари дают и другие расшифровки (часто с пометой polite): fouled up beyond all reason/ recognition/ recovery/ reality. Происхождение сокращения (как и аналогичного SNAFU – situation normal all fouled up) – военное: ( WWII military slang) Fucked up beyond all recognition ( or repair). В переводе приведенного примера, как мне кажется, нет особой необходимости искать что-нибудь аналогичное, с военным оттенком. Вариант:
    •• Мне всегда казалась удивительной идея, что старомодной нравственности – никому не уступающей и ничего не прощающей – вполне достаточно, чтобы найти выход из любой, даже самой идиотской/дикой ситуации, в которой может оказаться человек.
    •• Свежий пример акронима, порожденного политической борьбой, – RINO. Расшифровка и определение – в статье из журнала Time:
    •• Republican Senator Arlen Specter, who has angered conservatives by opposing big tax cuts and being pro-choice, now has the RINO hunterson his trail. RINO stands for Republicans in Name Only- meaning moderate Republicans, who are the target of a zealous but increasingly potent group of conservatives called the Club for Growth. <...> “If we’re going to be a major political force,” says club president Stephen Moore, “we have to defeat one of the incumbent RINOs.
    •• То есть республиканцы только на словах.
    •• Помимо отмеченных в «Моем несистематическом словаре» POTUS и FLOTUS встречается (без расшифровки) также SOTU – the State of the Union ( address). Пример из журнала Atlantic:
    •• Within the confines of a SOTU address, something for everyone is the traditional way to go. <...> Each of the President’s SOTU addresses has included a surprise element.
    •• Первое предложение так и хочется перевести:
    •• В посланиях президента « О положении страны» традиционным является принцип «всем сестрам – по серьгам».
    •• Следует добавить в словари и сравнительно новую расшифровку PC – political correctness ( politically correct), часто встречающуюся в публицистике:
    •• From the mouth of a liberal politician, this list of religious symbols might be criticized as PC-style multiculturalism. (Atlantic) - Прозвучи этот перечень религиозных символов из уст политика-либерала, его стали бы ругать за проповедь культурного многообразия в духе политкорректности.
    •• Еще одно дополнение к «Несистематическому»: читая книгу Сузанны Мур In the Cut, я обнаружил, что упущен 900 number. Вот цитата, из которой ясно значение:
    •• Before his death Gacy’s voice could be heard on a 900-number by anyone interested enough to pay three dollars a minute to hear Gacy explain that he didn’t kill those boys. (Чаще пишут без дефиса.)
    •• Эти номера называют pay-per-call numbers (номера, звонок на который оплачивается). Не знаю, есть ли краткий русский эквивалент. Полезная информация о нюансах этой системы на сайте Федеральной комиссии по связи: http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/consumerfacts/900Fact.html.

    English-Russian nonsystematic dictionary > acronyms (new and funny)

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Case for Peace — The Case for Peace: How The Arab Israeli Conflict Can Be Resolved is the sequel to The Case for Israel by Alan Dershowitz, Felix Frankfurter Professor of Law at Harvard Law School. The book champions the two state solution and has been endorsed… …   Wikipedia

  • THE MIDDLE AGES — …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Christianity in the Middle East — Middle Eastern Christians Total population 10–12 million (2011)[1] Regions with significant populations …   Wikipedia

  • Beijing 2008 Olympic Games: Mount Olympus Meets the Middle Kingdom — Introduction officially  Games of the XXIX Olympiad        The Games of the XXIX Olympiad, involving some 200 Olympic committees and as many as 13,000 accredited athletes competing in 28 different sports, were auspiciously scheduled to begin at 8 …   Universalium

  • History of the Middle East — Further information: Timeline of Middle Eastern history Map of the Middle East This article is a general overview of the history of the Middle East. For more detailed information, see articles on the histories of individual countries and regions …   Wikipedia

  • Democracy in the Middle East — According to the Democracy Index (published by the Economist, a British journal), the country in the Middle East with the highest Democracy Index score is Israel, with a score of 7.48, corresponding to the status of flawed democracy ; the only… …   Wikipedia

  • Kingdom of Hungary in the Middle Ages — Kingdom of Hungary Magyar Királyság (hu) Regnum Hungariae (la) ← …   Wikipedia

  • Serbia in the Middle Ages — Тhe medieval history of Serbia begins in the 5th century AD with the Slavic invasion of the Balkans, and lasts until the Ottoman occupation of 1540. Contents 1 Early Middle Ages 1.1 Slavic invasion 1.2 First Serbian Principality …   Wikipedia

  • Secularism in the Middle East — refers to the ideology of promoting the secular as opposed to the religion. It is often used to describe the separation of civil/government matters from religious theocracy. The quest for Secularism has inspired many Muslim scholars; however, it… …   Wikipedia

  • Women’s rights as a western foreign policy objective in the Middle East — This article will examine the forces behind the rise of Women’s rights as a western foreign policy objective in the Middle East and the impact application of this objective has had to date.The focus on women’s rights by powerful nation states and …   Wikipedia

  • France in the Middle Ages — Kingdom of France Royaume de France ←   …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»